WORLD ACCESS INC
10-K, 1998-04-15
ELECTRONIC PARTS & EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: LASER PACIFIC MEDIA CORPORATION, 10-K, 1998-04-15
Next: MANAGED CARE SOLUTIONS INC, 10-Q/A, 1998-04-15






                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington. D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K


(Mark One)

[X]   Annual  Report  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
      Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.

                                       OR

[ ]   Transition  Report  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d) of the Securities
      Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from__________to__________
                            

                         Commission File Number 0-19998


                               WORLD ACCESS, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

        DELAWARE                                         65-0044209
(State of Incorporation)                    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

       945 East Paces Ferry Road
     Suite 2240, Atlanta, GA 30326                            30326
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                    (Zip Code)

                                 (404) 231-2025
                         (Registrant's Telephone Number)


           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
                                      NONE

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
                     Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share


       Indicate by check mark whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                                           YES  [X]    NO  [ ]

       Indicate by check mark if  disclosure of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

       As of April 13,  1998  there  were  21,500,280  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding.  The  aggregate  market  value of the voting  Common  Stock held by
non-affiliates  of the  Registrant as of April 13, 1998, as based on the average
closing bid and ask prices, was approximately $605,240,000.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

    Portions of the Proxy  Statement for the 1998 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
are incorporated into Part III.

<PAGE>



                               WORLD ACCESS, INC.

                             Form 10-K Annual Report


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
         PART I                                                           Number

           Item 1     Business............................................... 3
           Item 2     Properties.............................................10
           Item 3     Legal Proceedings......................................10
           Item 4     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders....11
           Item 4.5   Executive Officers of the Registrant...................11

         PART II

           Item 5     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                      Stockholder Matters....................................12
           Item 6     Selected Financial Data................................13
           Item 7     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
                      Condition and Results of Operations....................14
           Item 7A    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures 
                      About Market Risk......................................23
           Item 8     Financial Statements...................................24
           Item 9     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                      on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.................45
         PART III

           Item 10    Directors and Executive Officers of the
                      Registrant.............................................45
           Item 11    Executive Compensation.................................45
           Item 12    Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners
                      and Management.........................................45
           Item 13    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.........45

         PART IV

           Item 14    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and 
                      Reports on Form 8-K....................................46


<PAGE>


FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This Form 10-K contains certain  forward-looking  statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1993, as amended,  and Section
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are intended to be
covered by the safe harbors created thereby.  Although the Company believes that
the assumptions  underlying the forward-looking  statements contained herein are
reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate, and therefore, there can
be no assurance that the  forward-looking  statements included in this Form 10-K
will prove to be accurate.  Factors  that could cause  actual  results to differ
from the results discussed in the forward-looking  statements  include,  but are
not limited to, the  Company's  dependence on recently  introduced  products and
products  under  development,   successful   integration  of  new  acquisitions,
competition and the impact of technological change on the Company's products. In
light  of  the  significant   uncertainties   inherent  in  the  forward-looking
statements  included  herein,  the inclusion of such  information  should not be
regarded  as a  representation  by the  Company  or any  other  person  that the
objectives and plans of the Company will be achieved.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1 - BUSINESS

Overview

         The Company  develops,  manufactures  and markets wireline and wireless
switching,  transport  and access  products  for the  global  telecommunications
markets.  The Company's products allow  telecommunications  service providers to
build and upgrade  their central  office and outside plant  networks in order to
provide a wide array of voice,  data and video  services to their  business  and
residential customers. The Company offers digital switches,  billing and network
telemanagment  systems,  cellular  base  stations,  fixed  wireless  local  loop
systems,  intelligent  multiplexers,  microwave and millimeterwave radio systems
and other  telecommunications  network  products.  The  products  offered by the
Company include those  manufactured by the Company as well as those manufactured
by other  telecommunications  equipment companies. To support and complement its
product  sales,  the Company also provides its  customers  with a broad range of
design,  engineering,  manufacturing,  testing,  installation,  repair and other
value-added services.

Industry Background

         The  global  telecommunications   industry  has  undergone  significant
transformation   and  growth  in  recent   years  due  to   continued   domestic
deregulation,  technological  innovation and growth in international markets. In
addition, business and residential demand for voice, data and video services has
increased  the need for  additional  systems  capacity and network  bandwidth to
accommodate the provision of such services by telecommunications  providers. The
Company  believes  that these market  forces will  intensify in the  foreseeable
future and that an increased number of telecommunications service providers, the
availability of new services and strong  international demand for the deployment
of basic telephone service will provide the Company with extensive opportunities
to sell its wireline and wireless  switching,  transport and access  products in
the United States and in international markets.

         Domestic  Deregulation.   The  number  of  telecommunications   service
providers   continues  to  increase  as  a  result  of  the  federal  and  state
deregulation  of the  United  States  telecommunications  industry.  Changes  in
federal and state  regulations  have created the opportunity for a number of new
network operators to enter the market and have fostered competition between both
new  and  established  network  operators.  The  Telecommunications  Act of 1996
permits local and long distance  telecommunications  companies, cable television
companies and electric utility companies, subject to certain conditions designed
to facilitate local exchange competition,  to compete with each other to provide
local and long distance  telephony,  data and video services.  This Act has also
contributed  to an  increasing  number of mergers and  acquisitions  among large
telecommunications  service  providers.  As a  result,  certain  providers  have
changed  key network  technology  already in place to  optimize  efficiency  and
network compatibility.

         To accommodate the demand for enhanced wireless  services,  the Federal
Communications Commission (the "FCC") auctioned additional spectrum licenses for
wireless  communications in recent years,  potentially  increasing the number of
operators competing in each metropolitan  statistical area from two to eight. In
addition,  the FCC has  announced  plans to auction  additional  spectrum in the
future.  Changes in FCC and certain state public utility commission  regulations
governing  interconnections  have created  opportunities  for the Regional  Bell
Operating  Companies  ("RBOCS")  and other  local  exchange  carriers to provide
services in markets and geographic regions in which they traditionally have been
prohibited.  In addition,  such changes have allowed  local  exchange  carriers,
inter-exchange   carriers,   competitive  access  providers,   cable  television
companies  and other  telecommunications  service  providers to enter these same
markets and regions.  The Company  believes that the  Telecommunications  Act of
1996,  together  with FCC and other  government  initiatives,  will increase the
demand for telecommunications  systems and services as network operators respond
to the  changing  competitive  environment  by  constructing  new  or  enhancing
existing networks and increasing the available bandwidth to meet customer demand
for voice, data and video services.

<PAGE>

         Technological  Innovation. In recent years, there have been a number of
significant  developments relating to telecommunications  technology,  including
the  continuing   miniaturization  of  large  scale  integrated  circuits,   the
development of lower cost,  higher capacity  memory devices and  microprocessors
and new network  protocols such as spread spectrum Code Division Multiple Access
("CDMA"),  which are now available to offer improved  performance  and increased
security. These developments have lowered the cost of delivering multifunctional
services  combining voice, data and video. In addition,  new low cost,  modular,
software-driven  products  (so-called  "intelligent"  products)  can be  readily
upgraded to provide additional revenue generating features such as call waiting,
call  forwarding  and  caller-ID  without  having to undertake  costly  hardware
replacement.  Moreover,  the increasing  use of wireless  systems and technology
permits the more rapid deployment of  telecommunications  systems at lower costs
than traditional wireline networks.

         These   technological   advances  make  it  possible  for  products  to
facilitate  the delivery of  telecommunications  services and create new network
configuration options. For example, Integrated Services Digital Network ("ISDN")
service allows for the dynamic allocation of bandwidth between, and simultaneous
transmission  of, any combination of voice,  data and video, and individual call
set-up permits users to easily  designate and change the service  configuration.
Other new advanced  technologies  include  Asymmetrical  Digital Subscriber Line
("ADSL"),  a  communications   technology  which  permits  the  transmission  of
information  at rates up to 50 megabits per second over  existing  copper wires,
and High-Speed  Digital  Subscriber Line ("HDSL"),  a communications  technology
which permits the digital  transmission  of  information  over longer  distances
without  adding signal  regenerator  equipment.  These new  technologies  create
additional demands for switching systems,  intelligent  multiplexers and digital
loop carriers.  In addition,  cable television companies are beginning to expand
beyond one-way broadcast to provide interactive  services using high-speed cable
modems  and have  announced  plans to  provide  telephony  and high  speed  data
services.

         Growth  in   International   Markets.   The   Company   believes   that
international   markets   represent   significant   opportunities   for  growth,
particularly in Latin America,  the Caribbean Basin and other developing  areas.
According to industry  sources,  a small percentage of businesses and residences
throughout Latin America have basic telephone service. In addition,  advances in
radio and antenna  technology  make it feasible to provide basic  communications
access  with  wireline  quality  without  the  construction  cost and  obstacles
associated with  establishing a wireline grid,  thereby further  encouraging the
deployment  of  telecommunications   networks  in  developing   countries.   The
governments  of a number of developed and developing  countries have  privatized
their state-owned telecommunications service providers and have granted licenses
to new network operators to compete with them. In most instances, as part of the
privatization,  these  governments  have  imposed  service  requirements  on all
network operators,  resulting in an acceleration of capital  expenditures on new
or expanded network systems.

Products and Services

         The Company  offers  wireline and  wireless  switching,  transport  and
access products for the global  telecommunications  marketplace.  These products
allow  telecommunications  service providers to build and upgrade their networks
to  provide a wide  range of voice,  data and video  services  to  business  and
residential  customers.  To date, a significant  portion of the products sold by
the  Company has been  Northern  Telecom  switching  products  and  reengineered
cellular  base  stations  and  related   mobile   network   equipment.   Through
acquisitions,  technology  license  agreements  and  internal  development,  the
Company  expects to manufacture an increasing  proportion of its products in the
future.

         Switching  Products.  The Company markets digital  telephone  switching
products that are used for local,  tandem, toll and cellular  applications.  The
switches offered by the Company have line capacities ranging from 100 to 120,000
subscribers  and  30  to  60,000  inter-exchange   trunks.   Switching  products
historically   offered  by  the  Company  have  been  primarily   developed  and
manufactured by other telecommunications equipment companies, including Northern
Telecom and Lucent  Technologies.  These  products  include  complete  switching
systems as well as add-on  frames,  line cards and modified  circuit  boards for
either newly constructed networks or upgrades to existing networks.

         Pursuant  to a  long-term  technology  license  agreement,  the Company
manufactures  and  markets  the  Compact  Digital  Exchange  Switch  ("CDX"),  a
microprocessor-based,  modular,  digital central office switch. The CDX utilizes
extensive  large  scale  integrated   circuit  technology  to  provide  advanced
telephony services such as call waiting, call forwarding and conference calling,
and requires reduced power and floorspace  compared with  alternative  products.
The current  switch  serves  applications  up to 5,000  subscriber  lines and is
designed  to  be  expandable  to  over  60,000  lines  through  future  software
enhancements.  The CDX is targeted for use in the international  marketplace due
to its compatibility with international standards,  "plug and play" installation
features and tolerance of a wide range of environmental conditions.

<PAGE>

         With  the   Company's   acquisition   of  a  majority   stake  in  NACT
Telecommunications,  Inc.  ("NACT") in the first quarter of 1998 (see "Note N to
the Consolidated Financial Statements"),  the Company has significantly expanded
its offering of proprietary, advanced technology switching products and software
applications.

         NACT's  STX  Switching   System  ("STX")   consists  of  an  integrated
application switching platform and a suite of applications software. The Company
sells an optional companion Master Control Unit ("MCU") to integrate and service
multiple STXs and to add  redundancy to the network.  The Company  believes that
the STX offers value added
features  and  capacity at price  points  typically  below those  offered by its
competitors.  The STX hardware platform can operate on a standalone basis with a
port capacity of 1,344. An optional MCU can link up to three STXs,  which can be
served by a common database for a total system capacity of 4,032 ports.  The STX
is also designed to work seamlessly with NACT's NTS 1000 billing system.

         NACT's suite of STX applications  software consists of over one million
lines of code. This software supports major application  features that are fully
integrated an interoperable.  The major  applications  features  include:  equal
access calling (1+),  automated  operator (0+), live operator  service  provider
support (0-), real-time  validation of credit card and billing numbers,  prepaid
debit cards, prepaid cellular, international call back, phone centers, real-time
rating,   fraud   minimization,   external  computer   application   programming
interfaces, call reorigination,  and integrated audio with twenty two languages.
Interoperability enables several applications packages to be used in conjunction
with each other.  Almost all features  are  implemented  in  software,  allowing
unlimited capability for enhancement and customization.

         The NTS 1000 Billing System ("NTS 1000") is a call rating,  accounting,
switch management,  invoicing and traffic engineering system designed to process
the day-to-day  operations of a small-to-medium sized long distance company. The
NTS 1000 can collect calls from most major  switching  platforms,  including the
STX, and can rate all types of call traffic and,  using a  sophisticated  rating
engine,  provide  the owner with a highly  flexible  and  completely  customized
rating capability. The accounting system handles all of the required information
for  managing  a  long  distance   customer  base  including   configuration  of
authorization codes, accounts receivable, and management of delinquent accounts.
A major  feature  of the NTS  1000 is its  switch  management  capability.  When
coupled with the STX, information that has been entered into the NTS 1000 can be
electronically  transferred into the STX,  thereby  minimizing data entry needs.
The NTS 1000 also has complete international call back/reorigination and prepaid
debit card  management  support,  as well as a complete  invoicing  package that
supports  multiple  invoice  styles and options for  summary  reports.  It has a
sophisticated traffic engineering reporting package that provides the ability to
generate  over 20 types of reports with a user  specified  beginning  and ending
time range.

         Current users of the Company's  switching  products are primarily local
exchange  carriers,   inter-exchange  carriers,  competitive  access  providers,
private network operators and other  telecommunications  service providers.  The
Company intends to expand its United States customer base for switching products
and to actively market the CDX to public and private network  providers in Latin
America and other international markets.

         Transport  Products.  The Company develops,  manufactures and markets a
variety  of  wireline  and  wireless  transport  products,  which  are  used for
high-capacity connectivity between points within a communications network. These
products are primarily  digital and provide for the movement of any  combination
of voice,  data and  video  traffic  across  wireline  or  wireless  media.  The
Company's  transport products include  intelligent  multiplexers  (devices which
combine or aggregate several channels or linkages carrying voice or data signals
into a higher speed link),  protection  switching equipment (which protect voice
and data links against  failure by rerouting  circuits to maintain  continuity),
mini-repeater housings (enclosures used to protect electronic repeaters from the
elements),  asynchronous and fractional data cards, microwave and millimeterwave
radio equipment and sophisticated high speed modems used to carry voice and data
in wireline or wireless networks.

         The  Company's  T-1  multiplexers  include  features  such as local and
remote  loopbacks,  built-in bit error rate  detection,  line code selection and
built-in  performance  monitoring.  The Company has  recently  developed  and is
currently  testing an E-1 multiplexer  designed for the  international  markets.
This new  proprietary  product  can combine 60 channels of voice and data into a
single E-1 circuit.

         With the Company's acquisition of Advanced TechCom,  Inc.("ATI") in the
first quarter of 1998 (see "Note N to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements),
the Company has  significantly  expanded its offering of  proprietary,  advanced
technology wireless transport voice, data and/or video products.

         ATI  develops,  manufacturers  and  markets a  complete  family of high
performance,   technologically   advanced  digital  radios  for   point-to-point
transmission  of data and  voice  for  short  and long  haul  applications.  The
majority of ATI's historical sales have been to customers  operating outside the
United States. ATI's product lines are offered in a wide range of data rates and
frequency bands, including 1.5 GHz to 38 GHz and DS1/E1 to DS3/E3.

<PAGE>

         Current users of the Company's transport products are primarily an RBOC
and private network users.  The Company  intends to expand its current  customer
base for transport  products by broadening the features of its current products,
increasing  its  marketing  efforts in the  United  States  and  developing  new
products for the emerging international markets.

         Access Products.  The Company offers access products for the local loop
(i.e., that portion of the public telecommunications  network which extends from
the service provider's switch to the individual home or business end-user). With
the acquisition of Cellular  Infrastructure  Supply,  Inc.  ("CIS") in the first
quarter of 1997,  the Company also offers its  customers  cellular base stations
and  related  mobile  network  equipment.  Although  substantially  all  of  the
equipment  sold by CIS is  manufactured  by other  telecommunications  equipment
companies,  CIS provides a full range of highly technical,  value-added services
such as deinstallation, system design, equipment tuning and installation.

         In the first  quarter of 1997,  the Company  released a new  internally
developed access product,  the WX-5501 Remote POTS/Remote  Universal Voice Grade
("RPOT/RUVG") line card. The WX-5501 is compatible with the Lucent  Technologies
SLC(R)  Series 5 subscriber  loop carrier  system,  which is widely  deployed in
telephone networks across the United States.

         In the second  quarter of 1997,  the Company  introduced  its  Wireless
Local  Loop  2000  ("WLL-2000"),  a fixed  wireless  point-to-multipoint  system
offering toll quality  telephone  service to  subscribers  in urban and suburban
areas  and  remote   communities.   To  take   advantage   of  existing   market
opportunities,   the  Company   reached  an   agreement  in  1997  with  another
telecommunications  equipment  company to private label its  point-to-multipoint
radio system and exclusively market it within certain Latin American  countries.
The current  WLL-2000  integrates the Company's CDX and the private label radio.
The integrated switch provides  customers with the ability to switch local calls
at the WLL-2000  base  station,  thus  providing  superior  service and reducing
expensive  back-haul  costs to a central  office.  The CDX and  WLL-2000 for the
first  time  provide  the  Company  with an  integrated  family  of  proprietary
switching and wireless access products for the international market.

         In 1997,  the Company also  executed a technology  licensing  agreement
that grants the Company  the  perpetual  right to  incorporate  spread  spectrum
CDMA-based  wireless  technology into the Company's products sold throughout the
world. Under the terms of the agreement,  the Company also has the rights to use
the  technology  covered by seven  patents,  all of which  address  digital data
signals and wireless communication systems. The Company currently intends to use
this technology as the platform for several new products.

         As a result of the acquisition of Comtech Sunrise,  Inc. ("Sunrise") in
1996, the Company manufactures and markets a digital loop carrier (which permits
network  operators to provide more  reliable,  basic and enhanced  services at a
lower cost) and DS-3  telemetry  equipment  (used  primarily by the military for
range communications  applications to multiplex  telemetry,  digital video, T-1,
LAN, WAN and other  signals into a DS-3 signal  transmitting  at 45 megabits per
second).  The  Company  has  recently  developed  and  is  currently  testing  a
commercial version of its DS-3 product, the Ultra-45.  This advanced multiplexer
provides a solution  for  current  and  future  telecommunications  applications
requiring  simultaneous  delivery  of high speed  data,  video,  LAN,  voice and
telemetry services.

         Current users of the  Company's  access  products are  primarily  local
exchange carriers,  inter-exchange carriers, competitive access providers, cable
television  companies and the United  States  military.  The Company  intends to
expand its current  customer base for access products by broadening the features
of its current  products,  increasing its marketing efforts in the United States
and developing new products for emerging international markets.

         Related  Services.  The  Company  offers a full range of  complementary
design,  manufacturing,  installation,  testing and repair services. The Company
also offers its customers ongoing systems  maintenance and monitoring  services,
including  asset  management  services,  which allow  customers  to reduce their
investment  in spare  and  surplus  plug-in  circuit  boards by  relying  on the
Company's  inventories and management  information  systems.  By providing these
services,  the Company  believes it is better able to offer its  customers  more
comprehensive telecommunications solutions.

         The Company repairs a broad range of switching and transmission plug-in
circuit boards  originally  manufactured by other  telecommunications  equipment
companies. The Company's wireless equipment repair business consists principally
of the repair and upgrade of amplitude  modulation  equipment  typically used by
cable television companies.  The Company's engineers also provide customers with
a full range of support services for wireless transmission equipment,  including
system design, site survey, path calculations, installation and maintenance.

         In the third quarter of 1997, the Company  completed its acquisition of
Galaxy Personal Communications  Services, Inc. ("Galaxy"),  a provider of system
design, implementation, optimization and other value-added radio engineering and
consulting  services  to PCS,  cellular  and other  wireless  telecommunications
service  companies.  The background  and  experience of Galaxy's  management and
staff of RF  engineers  will be utilized to support the  Company's  customers as
they build new, or upgrade existing,  telecommunications networks throughout the
world.

<PAGE>

         Other Products and Services.  The Company's other products and services
include  the  refurbishment  and  upgrade  of AT&T pay  telephones  to  like-new
condition  and the sale of related pay  telephone  products,  such as  stainless
steel  custom  logo  vault  doors,  handsets  and  dial  assemblies.   To  date,
substantially  all of these  refurbishment  services and product sales have been
provided to four RBOCs.

Sales and Marketing

         As of April 13, 1998, the Company's  domestic sales and marketing group
consisted  of 51  sales  professionals  and  assistants  who  are  divided  into
individual sales and marketing teams for each of the Company's product lines and
related  services.  Each team is responsible for obtaining a thorough  technical
knowledge of its products or services,  soliciting new customers and maintaining
relationships with existing customers.  Each team is supervised at the corporate
level by the Company's  Executive  Vice President of Business  Development,  who
coordinates  the  sales  and  marketing  of  multi-product  line  sales  and  is
responsible  for  advertising,  trade show  appearances  and other  Company-wide
marketing efforts. In connection with the acquisitions completed during the last
few years, the Company has acquired product sales professionals who have brought
technical product knowledge and long-term customer relationships to the Company.

         In  1996,  the  Company  formed a  dedicated  international  sales  and
marketing group to pursue the sale of all of the Company's products and services
outside  of the  United  States.  With the  acquisition  of ATI,  the  Company's
international sales and marketing group has increased substantially. As of April
13, 1998, this group  consisted of 11 sales  professionals  and assistants.  The
Company has an  established  network of independent  agents and  representatives
covering   the   Caribbean   Basin  and  Latin   America.   These   agents   and
representatives,  whose compensation  consists primarily of commissions based on
sales,  actively  promote and market the  Company's  products  and  services and
receive bid tenders issued within their territory.

         During  1997,   the   Company's   international   sales   increased  to
approximately  11.3% of total  Company  sales as compared  to 2.0% in 1996.  The
Company intends to continue to focus  significant sales and marketing efforts on
emerging international markets.

Customers

         The   Company   sells   its   products   and   services   to  over  200
telecommunication  service providers,  including the RBOCs, other local exchange
carriers,  inter-exchange  carriers,  wireless  service  providers,  competitive
access  providers,  cable  television  companies  and  other  telecommunications
service providers.  The following table sets forth a representative  list of the
Company's major customers and end-users.

   Switching Products   Transport Products  Access Products        Services

      Ameritech            ADC Telecom        Ameritech             Alltel
   Cable & Wireless      Lockheed-Martin    Bell Atlantic        Bell Atlantic
Frontier Communications       Optel           BellSouth            BellSouth
        NYNEX             Pacific Bell       Cellular One     Century Telephone
 Puerto Rico Telephone                     Comcast Cellular         GTE
  SBC Communications                            SNET       Puerto Rico Telephone
        Sprint                             Price Cellular    SBC Communications
Teleglobe International                       US West


         For the year ended  December  31,  1997,  no  customer  of the  Company
individually accounted for 10.0% of the Company's total sales. The Company's top
10 customers accounted for 44.2% of total sales. For the year ended December 31,
1996, Cable & Wireless accounted for 10.9% of the Company's total sales, and the
Company's  top 10 customers  accounted  for 54.2% of total sales.  The Company's
customers typically are not obligated  contractually to purchase any quantity of
products or services in any particular period.

<PAGE>

Manufacturing, Assembly and Test

         The  Company  provides  a  broad  range  of  electronic  manufacturing,
assembly and test services to support its product  sales.  The majority of these
support  services have been  historically  performed at the  Company's  Orlando,
Florida  facility,  where  state-of-the-art  manufacturing and test equipment is
maintained.  Historically,  this  equipment  has been used  primarily to perform
contract manufacturing services for third parties, primarily to large technology
companies  that  require  a high  level of  professional  materials  management,
quality "turn-key"  manufacturing and complete electronic and functional product
testing.  During 1997, the Company began  utilizing the Company's  manufacturing
capacity to build new Company products as well as servicing third party contract
manufacturing customers.

         As a result of the recent growth in sales of the  Company's  internally
developed products,  including additional products from the acquisitions of NACT
and ATI, the Company's is opening a new  manufacturing  facility in  Alpharetta,
Georgia.  The new  Alpharetta  manufacturing  facility  is  expected to be fully
operational by the end of the second quarter of 1998. It is anticipated that the
existing  Orlando  facility  will be closed  during  the  second  quarter as the
Company will no longer service third party contract manufacturing business.

         The  Company's  new  Alpharetta  manufacturing  operation  will possess
state-of-the art surface mount  manufacturing and automated  testing  equipment.
This  equipment  includes a surface  mount  assembly  line,  including  advanced
"pick-and-place"  equipment and a 3-D vision screen  printer.  This equipment is
currently  operating  at less than 50% of the line's  capacity.  The Company has
also recently acquired new board test systems that provide for high performance,
automated testing of analog,  digital,  mixed signal and memory devices resident
on printed circuit  boards.  When combined with the Company's  existing  testing
equipment, the new equipment gives the Company an extensive software library and
technical  capacity  to test  integrated  circuits,  capacitors,  resistors  and
related electronic  components,  and ensures the quality of electronic  products
manufactured.

         In  addition  to the  relocation  of its  manufacturing  facility,  the
Company  is also  taking  additional  actions  during  the first half of 1998 to
streamline operations,  improve efficiency and better service its customers.  In
the  second  quarter of 1998,  four  facilities  in  Lakeland,  Florida  and the
existing circuit board repair operations in Orlando,  Florida will move to a new
facility in Orlando. The Company's AIT operations,  which include the testing of
Northern Telecom  switching  equipment and verification of the configuration and
integration of add-on frames and custom systems, and the Company's circuit board
repair  business  will  be  conducted  in the new  Orlando  facility  under  one
management team.

         At ATI's  facility in Wilmington, Massachusetts,  the Company  utilizes
sophisticated  RF test and  tuning  equipment  to  manufacture  and  service  it
microwave  radio  systems.  In the second  quarter  of 1998,  the  Company  will
relocate its Westec operations from Scottsdale, Arizona to Wilmington to improve
operating efficiencies and reduce administrative costs.

         NACT  currently  conducts  its  manufacturing   operations   consisting
primarily  of final  assembly,  test and quality  control of  subassemblies  and
completed systems, in its new manufacturing facility in Provo, Utah.

         The Company has an  experienced  Director of Quality who,  along with a
staff of quality assurance professionals,  oversees the quality of the Company's
products and services.  The Company's Orlando and Wilmington  operations are ISO
9002 and ISO 9001  certified,  respectively.  The Company expects its Alpharetta
and Provo  operations to become ISO certified by the end of 1998. ISO 9000 is an
international  quality certification  process,  developed in the European Common
Market and  adopted in the United  States as the method by which  companies  can
demonstrate the functionality of their quality control system.

         In connection  with its  manufacturing  and test services,  the Company
generally  provides  warranties on its products and services  ranging from three
months to five  years.  A one to two year  warranty  is  typically  provided  on
switching, transport and access products.

         The Company believes that it currently has the equipment, personnel and
experience necessary to efficiently manufacture high quality  telecommunications
products  in-house.  This should  assist the Company in  controlling  the costs,
quality and delivery of its products and allow the Company to bring new products
to market on a timely basis.

<PAGE>

Suppliers

         Products  manufactured by the Company typically require the procurement
of printed circuit boards, electronic components,  cable assemblies,  fabricated
metal, plastic parts and other materials, of which electronic components are the
most costly. The Company purchases electronic  components from numerous sources,
including original manufacturers and parts distributors.

         The Company  purchases  substantially  all of its  components and other
parts from suppliers on a purchase  order basis and does not maintain  long-term
supply  arrangements.  Most of the components used in the Company's products and
related  services  are  available  from  multiple  sources.   However,   several
components,  primarily custom hybrid integrated circuits, are currently obtained
from a single  source.  To date,  the Company  has been able to obtain  adequate
supplies of these  components.  The Company's  inability in the future to obtain
sufficient  quantities of limited-source  components,  or to develop alternative
sources  therefor,  could  result in delays in product  delivery  and  increased
component  cost,  either of which  could have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

         Although  the  Company  manufactures  its  own  switching  products,  a
significant  portion of the  switching  products sold to date by the Company has
been new or used Northern Telecom switching  systems,  add-on frames and circuit
boards, and reengineered  mobile network  equipment.  The major sources for such
products are  deinstallations  by primary users,  asset  recovery  operations of
telephone  companies,  auctions by Northern Telecom and other original equipment
manufacturers,  repossessions  by leasing  companies and formal  distribution or
consignment agreements.  The Company currently has formal consignment agreements
with  Ameritech,  SNET and  Century  Telephone,  pursuant  to which the  Company
inventories  Northern Telecom,  Lucent Technologies and other circuit boards for
resale by the Company.

Engineering and Development

         Historically,  the  Company's  engineering,  development  and technical
support  efforts have focused on the repair of  switching,  transport and access
products and on electronic  manufacturing processes. The Company has significant
experience in developing automated test systems,  diagnostic programs and repair
procedures for electronic  circuitry  typically found within  telecommunications
switching equipment.  The Company's engineers have also used their expertise and
experience to create new revenue sources for the Company by developing  upgrades
and   enhancements   to  existing   products,   including  those  developed  and
manufactured by other telecommunications equipment companies.

         During 1997, the Company's engineering efforts have become more focused
on developing  new  switching,  transport and access  products and enhancing the
features and capabilities of current products.  The acquisitions of NACT and ATI
have  enhanced  the  Company's  engineering  and  development   capabilities  of
switching  and  transport   products  with  the  addition  of  approximately  46
development  engineers.  The Company's engineers have significant  experience in
switching  systems  configurations,  transmission  and access  applications  and
wireless technology such as spread spectrum CDMA, radio path calculations, field
performance measurement and frequency licensing. The Company expects that, as it
continues  to  manufacture  and  sell  more   sophisticated   telecommunications
equipment,  it will continue to make further significant investments in research
and product development.

         As of April 13, 1998, the Company's  engineering  and development group
consisted of 121 persons,  including  42 RF engineers  added  through the Galaxy
acquisition,  60 in product  development,  and 19 in repair service development,
systems  integration and  manufacturing  process and operations  support.  These
employees are organized into teams corresponding to the Company's product lines,
and each team is responsible  for providing  technical  support to the Company's
customers and for  developing  and enhancing  products.  The Company's  internal
engineering  resources  permit the Company to continually  reduce the production
cost and improve the functionality of its products.

Competition

         The  segments of the  telecommunications  industry in which the Company
operates  are  intensely  competitive.  The  Company's  ability  to  compete  is
dependent upon several factors,  including price, quality,  product features and
timeliness of delivery.  Many of the Company's  competitors  have  significantly
more extensive engineering,  manufacturing,  marketing,  financial and technical
resources than the Company.  In addition,  the Company  currently  competes with
several of its major suppliers,  including Northern Telecom, with respect to the
sale of certain  of its  products,  which may  adversely  affect its  ability to
continue to obtain such products from these suppliers in the future.

         In the sale of switching,  transport and access  products,  the Company
competes with companies such as Northern  Telecom and Lucent  Technologies.  The
Company believes it competes favorably against these companies by providing high
quality  products,   comprehensive  support  services,  competitive  prices  and
shortened  product  delivery times. As the Company  increases its  international
sales   efforts,   it  also   expects   to  compete   with   other   established
telecommunications  equipment companies such as Ericsson,  Fujitsu,  Siemens and
Alcatel Network Systems.

<PAGE>

Employees

         As of  April  13,  1998,  the  Company  had  510  full-time  employees,
including  121 in  engineering  and  development,  24 in  technical  service and
support,  62 in sales  and  marketing,  139 in  manufacturing,  warehousing  and
quality assurance,  92 in repair and refurbishment and 72 in general management,
finance,  administration  and other  support  services.  From time to time,  the
Company  also  uses  part-time  employees  in its  manufacturing  operations  to
accommodate  changes in production  levels.  None of the Company's  employees is
represented by any collective bargaining  agreements,  and the Company has never
experienced a work stoppage.  The Company considers its employee relations to be
good.

ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

         The Company's executive offices are located in Atlanta,  Georgia, where
it occupies  approximately  2,000 square feet under a lease  expiring in October
1998. The Company leases certain office,  manufacturing and warehouse facilities
under  operating  leases  which  expire at various  dates  during the next three
years. The following provides a summary of the significant  operating facilities
currently leased or owned by the Company.

Location                             Square Footage          Lease Expires

Orlando, Florida                         72,000         April 2002
Wilmington, Massachusetts               64,000         November 2000
Dallas, Texas                            54,000         February 2003
Provo, Utah                              40,000         Owned facility
Alpharetta, Georgia                      39,000         December 2001
South Bend, Indiana                      22,000         July 2002
Other warehouses and offices             30,000         Various
                                        -------
         Total                          321,000
                                        =======

         The  Company's  existing   facilities  are  adequate  for  its  current
operations, and the Company believes that convenient,  additional facilities are
readily available should the business need arise.

ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     From time to time,  the Company is involved  in various  legal  proceedings
relating to claims  arising in the ordinary  course of its business.  Other than
the  Aerotel  litigation  discussed  below,  neither  the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries  is party to any such  legal  proceeding,  the  outcome  of  which,
individually or in the aggregate,  is expected to have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

     On August 24, 1996,  Aerotel,  Ltd. and Aerotel U.S.A. Inc.  (collectively,
"Aerotel") commenced an action against NACT and a customer of NACT in the United
States District Court,  Southern  District of New York,  alleging that telephone
systems manufactured and sold by NACT incorporating  prepaid debit card features
infringe upon  Aerotel's  patent which was issued in November 1987 (the "Aerotel
Patent").   The  initial  complaint   further  alleged   defamation  and  unfair
competition  as a  result  of a  Special  Report  disseminated  by  NACT  to its
customers  and  tortious   interference  with  prospective  business  relations,
alleging that NACT induced third parties to abandon licensing  negotiations with
Aerotel.  Aerotel sought injunctive  relief,  damages in an unspecified  amount,
damages of up to three times the damages found for willful  infringement  of the
Aerotel  Patent  and an order  requiring  NACT to  publish a written  apology to
Aerotel.  NACT filed an answer and Counterclaim in which it denied  infringement
of the Aerotel  Patent and sought  judgement  that the Aerotel patent is invalid
and  unenforceable  and that  Aerotel  has misused  its patent in  violation  of
antitrust  laws.  NACT  has  denied  that it has  committed  defamation,  unfair
competition and tortuous  interference with prospective  business relations.  On
May 3,  1996,  NACT  served  its motion  for  summary  judgement.  The court has
indicated it will deny such motion,  although the actual ruling has not yet been
received. In August 1997, Aerotel amended its complaint to include as defendants
GST  Telecommunications,  Inc. ("GST"), GST USA, Inc. ("GST USA") and two former
executive  officers  of NACT.  The  amended  pleadings  seek in  excess of $18.7
million in damages  and allege that GST and GST USA have  infringed  the Aerotel
Patent,  aided  and  abetted   infringement  by  others,   including  NACT,  and
participated  in, and aided and abetted alleged  tortious  conduct by NACT. GST,
GST USA, and the two former  officers have served  answers  denying all material
allegations and intend to defend themselves  vigorously.  Pretrial discovery has
commenced and is scheduled to be completed in 1998.  The case is not expected to
be tried until late 1998 at the earliest.

     Under the terms of the Company's  stock  purchase  agreement  with GST, the
Company and GST have agreed to share evenly the costs of any  judgement  against
NACT as a result of the Aerotel  litigation,  including  NACT's legal fees.  The
Company,  believes  that NACT has  valid  defenses  to the  Aerotel  claims.  An
unfavorable  decision in this  action,  however,  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's financial position.



<PAGE>

ITEM 4 - SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matter was  submitted  during  the  fourth  quarter of 1997 to a vote of
security holders through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

ITEM 4.5 - EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     Set forth below is certain  information,  as of April 13, 1998,  concerning
the Company's executive officers.

Name                   Age              Position

Steven A. Odom.........44   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Hensley E. West........53   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Mark A. Gergel.........40   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Scott N. Madigan.......40   Executive Vice President of Business Development
Hatch Graham...........37   President, Transport and Access Systems Group

     Steven A. Odom.  Mr. Odom joined the  Company's  Board in October  1994. In
November 1994, he was appointed to the newly created position of Chairman of the
Board.  In August 1995, he became  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company.  From  1983 to 1987,  he  founded  and  served  as  Chairman  and Chief
Executive  Officer of Data  Contract  Company,  Inc.  ("DCC"),  a  designer  and
manufacturer  of  intelligent  data PBX systems,  pay  telephones and diagnostic
equipment.   From  1987  to  1990,   he  was  Vice   President  for  the  Public
Communications Division of Executone Information Systems, Inc., a public company
that acquired DCC in 1987. Mr. Odom formerly  served as a director for Telematic
Products,  Inc.,  a  manufacturer  of telephone  central  office  equipment  and
Resurgens Communications Group, Inc. ("Resurgens"),  a provider of long distance
operator services that later merged with LDDS Communications, Inc., now known as
WorldCom, Inc. ("WorldCom").

     Hensley E. West.  Mr. West joined the Company in January  1996 as President
and Chief  Operating  Officer and was also  elected a director in January  1996.
From January 1994 to December  1995, he was Group Vice  President for the Access
Systems Group of DSC  Communications  Corporation  ("DSC"),  a  manufacturer  of
digital switching,  transmission and access telecommunications equipment. During
his nine  year  tenure  with  DSC,  he held six  sales  and  general  management
positions,  including  Senior Vice  President of North  American Sales from July
1993 to December  1993,  Vice President of Access  Products  Division from March
1992 to July 1993,  Vice President of RBOC Sales from October 1991 to March 1992
and Vice  President  of Business  Development  from March 1990 to October  1991.
Prior to joining DSC, Mr. West held general,  engineering  and sales  management
positions with  California  Microwave,  Inc., ITT  Telecommunications,  Inc. and
Western Electric Co.

     Mark A.  Gergel.  Mr.  Gergel  joined  the  Company  in April  1992 as Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  In  December  1996,  he was named an
Executive  Vice  President of the Company.  From 1983 to March 1992,  Mr. Gergel
held five positions of increasing responsibility with Federal-Mogul Corporation,
a  publicly-held  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  vehicle  parts,  including
International  Accounting Manager,  Assistant Corporate  Controller,  Manager of
Corporate   Development  and  Director  of  Internal  Audit.  Prior  to  joining
Federal-Mogul,  Mr.  Gergel spent four years with the  international  accounting
firm of Ernst & Young. Mr. Gergel is a Certified Public Accountant.

     Scott N.  Madigan.  Mr.  Madigan  joined the  Company in March 1996 as Vice
President of Business Development.  In June 1997, he was named an Executive Vice
President of the  Company.  Mr.  Madigan  spent the prior four years with DSC as
Vice  President of Marketing for the Access  System Group and Vice  President of
Litespan  International  Operations and Wireless Access Marketing.  From 1987 to
1992, he held product and account  management  positions with Northern  Telecom,
where he was responsible for  identification,  assessment and development of new
business  opportunities for Northern Telecom's  switching,  transport and access
products.  Prior to 1987, Mr. Madigan held engineering and operations management
positions with California Microwave, Inc. and ITT Telecommunications, Inc.

     Hatch Graham.  Mr. Graham joined the Company in April, 1997 as President of
the  Transport  and Access  Systems  Group.  From 1995 to 1997,  Mr. Graham held
executive  management  positions with TCSI  Corporation,  a leading  provider of
digital Code Division Multiple Access and Time Division Multiple Access cellular
and PCS products. From 1987 to 1995, Mr. Graham held various product development
and executive management positions with Stanford Telecom Corporation,  including
Vice  President  of the ASIC and Custom  Products  Division and  Corporate  Vice
President and General Manager of the Telecom Products Group.  Prior to 1987, Mr.
Graham held engineering  management positions with American  Microsystems,  Inc.
and Zoran Corporation.

<PAGE>

                                     PART II



ITEM 5   - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
           MATTERS


Price Range of Common Stock

     The Company's  common stock has traded on the Nasdaq  National Market under
the symbol "WAXS" since June 25, 1996. From March 2, 1995 through June 24, 1996,
the  Company's  common  stock was  quoted on the  Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market.  The
quarterly price ranges for the Company's  common stock as reported by Nasdaq are
as follows:


                                             High          Low        Close

Year Ended December 31, 1997

  First Quarter                            $  9 1/4     $  7 1/2     $  8
  Second Quarter                             23            7 5/8       20 1/2
  Third Quarter                              34 1/8       20           32 1/2
   Fourth Quarter                            33 3/4       17           23 7/8

Year Ended December 31, 1996

  First Quarter                            $ 10         $  7 1/2     $  8
  Second Quarter                             11 1/2        8            9 1/2
  Third Quarter                              10 1/8        7 1/2        8 1/2
  Fourth Quarter                              9 1/4        6 7/8        8


     As of April 13,  1998,  there were 306  holders of record of the  Company's
common stock.  This number does not include  beneficial  owners of the Company's
common  stock whose  shares are held in the names of various  dealers,  clearing
agencies, banks, brokers and other fiduciaries.



Dividend Policy

     The Company has not paid or declared any cash dividends on its common stock
and currently  intends to retain all future  earnings to fund operations and the
continued  development  of its  business.  In  addition,  the  Company's  credit
facility contains  restrictions  limiting the ability of the Company to pay cash
dividends. Any future determination to declare and pay cash dividends will be at
the  discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent on the Company's
financial condition,  results of operations,  contractual restrictions,  capital
requirements,  business  prospects  and  such  other  factors  as the  Board  of
Directors deems relevant.

<TABLE>
<PAGE>

ITEM 6  - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1997         1996          1995         1994        1993
                                                           ---------     --------     ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                             (In thousands, except  per  share data)
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       
Statement of Operations Data (1):

  Sales of products                                        $  71,392     $ 34,411     $  17,384    $   2,776    $   3,320
  Service revenues                                            21,593       16,589        12,754       12,507       12,441
                                                           ---------     --------     ---------      -------     --------
         Total sales                                          92,985       51,000        30,138       15,283       15,761

  Gross profit                                                32,140       14,995         6,363        1,976        2,605

  Operating income (loss) from continuing operations          19,522        7,358         1,524       (1,293)      (1,668)

  Income (loss) from continuing operations 
    before income taxes                                       20,670        7,524         1,172       (1,883)      (2,120)

  Net income (loss) (2)                                       13,134        6,779         1,172       (1,883)      (2,120)

  Net income (loss) from continuing 
    operations per share(3)                                 $    .70     $    .46     $     .12    $    (.41)   $    (.54)

  Weighted average shares outstanding(3)                      18,708       14,424         9,083        4,631        3,765

Balance Sheet Data (4):

  Cash and equivalents                                      $118,065     $ 22,480     $   1,887    $     753    $     625

  Working capital                                            153,750       37,961        10,222        2,267        1,783

  Total assets                                               225,283       60,736        28,515        8,943        8,752

  Long-term debt                                             115,264        ---           3,750        4,328        5,388

  Total liabilities                                          133,528        8,362        14,181        7,783        8,410

  Stockholders' equity                                        91,755       52,374        14,334        1,160          342


<FN>
 (1)     Includes the results of operations  for the following  businesses  from
         their  respective  dates of  acquisition:  Galaxy - July 1, 1997; CIS -
         January 1, 1997;  Sunrise - January 1, 1996;  Westec - October 2, 1995;
         and  AIT -  May 17,  1995.  On  a  pro forma unaudited basis, as if the
         acquisition of CIS had occurred as of January 1, 1996, total sales, net
         income and net income per diluted  share for the year  ended   December
         31,  1996 would have been  approximately  $63,810,000,  $8,520,000  and
         $0.57,  respectively.  The  results of  operations  for  Galaxy  during
         1996 and the first six months of 1997 were not  material  and therefore
         are not included in the pro forma disclosure.

(2)      The Company  recorded no income tax expense  during 1993 to 1995 due to
         net losses  realized  and the  availability  of federal  income tax net
         operating loss carryforwards. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
         of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  and Note K to the
         Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)      Net income (loss) per share and weighted average shares outstanding are
         presented on a diluted basis. The calculations exclude 995,000, 401,000
         and 896,000  shares of common  stock for the years ended  December  31,
         1997, 1996 and 1995,  respectively,  that are held in escrow  accounts.
         See Notes A, B, and E to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4)      In   October   1997,  the  Company  sold $115.0  million of convertible
         subordinated notes.See Note G to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>



ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS


Overview

         The Company  develops,  manufactures  and markets wireline and wireless
switching,  transport  and access  products  for the  global  telecommunications
markets.  The products offered by the Company include those  manufactured by the
Company  as well as those  manufactured  by other  telecommunications  equipment
manufacturers.  To support and complement  its product  sales,  the Company also
provides its customers with a broad range of design, engineering, manufacturing,
testing, installation, repair and other value-added services.

         During 1995 and 1996,  the Company  completed  strategic  and financial
restructuring programs to strengthen its management team, reposition the Company
as a provider of telecommunications  products,  improve its financial condition,
reduce its  operating  costs and position the Company for future  growth.  These
programs  were  undertaken  following  the  significant  losses  incurred by the
Company in the early 1990s,  primarily due to a discontinued smart pay telephone
business,  and to take advantage of the significant growth  opportunities within
the Company's existing customer base and related markets.  In November 1994, the
Company began to rebuild its management team and change its strategic focus. The
Company  strengthened  its management  team by appointing a new Chief  Executive
Officer  and by  recruiting  and  hiring a new  President  and  Chief  Operating
Officer,  Executive  Vice  President  of Business  Development  and  experienced
product development and manufacturing professionals. These individuals, together
with other key managers  recruited  into the Company,  have brought  significant
experience in manufacturing  and marketing  telecommunications  equipment to the
Company.

         The Company  acquired three businesses in 1995 and 1996 in an effort to
broaden  its line of  switching,  transport  and access  products,  enhance  its
product  development  capabilities and strengthen its technical base.  Effective
May 1995, the Company  acquired AIT, Inc.  ("AIT"),  a full service  provider of
Northern Telecom  switching  systems,  add-on frames and related circuit boards;
effective  October  1995,  the  Company  acquired  Westec  Communications,  Inc.
("Westec"),  a provider of wireless products and services primarily to the cable
television industry; and effective January 1996, the Company acquired Sunrise, a
developer and manufacturer of intelligent transport and access products.

         In January 1997, the Company acquired CIS, a provider of mobile network
equipment and related design,  installation  and technical  support  services to
cellular, PCS and other wireless service providers.  In August 1997, the Company
acquired   Galaxy,   an  RF   engineering   firm  that  provide  system  design,
implementation,   optimization  and  other  value-added  radio  engineering  and
consulting services to the same wireless service markets.  The markets served by
CIS and Galaxy complement the Company's  traditional  telephone service provider
and private network operator markets.

         In the first quarter of 1998, the Company  acquired ATI, a manufacturer
of  digital  point-to-point  microwave  radio  systems  for  short and long haul
applications   and  a  majority   stake  in  NACT,   a  provider   of   advanced
telecommunications  switching platforms with integrated  applications  software.
These  acquisitions  were in line with the  Company's  strategy  to broaden  its
offering of proprietary  telecommunications  equipment and services and position
the  Company to  engineer,  install  and  support  "turnkey"  telecommunications
network solutions.

         In March 1998,  the Company  entered into an  agreement  with a private
network  operator based in El Salvador to supply,  install and  interconnect the
telecommunications equipment necessary to establish and support up to 60,000 new
lines of residential  telephone  service over the next two years. This agreement
has a  potential  value to the  Company  in excess of $20  million.  To meet the
Customer's  primary  network  requirements,  the  Company  will  utilize the CDX
switch, NTS billing system (NACT),  point-to-point microwave radios (ATI) and RF
engineering services (Galaxy).

         The  Company  realized  significant   improvements  in  its  sales  and
operating results since 1994 as a result of the acquisitions and internal growth
initiatives. The Company's total sales increased by 82.3% in 1997, 69.2% in 1996
and 97.2% in 1995.  As the Company  increased  its  product  sales from 18.2% of
total sales in 1994 to 76.8% of total  sales in 1997,  its gross  profit  margin
increased from 12.9% in 1994 to 21.1% in 1995,  29.4% in 1996 and 34.6% in 1997.
As a percentage of total sales, the Company's  operating income (loss) increased
from  (8.5%)  in 1994 to 5.0% in  1995,  14.4% in 1996  and  21.0% in 1997.  The
Company will continue to seek further  improvements  in gross profit margin over
time as product  offerings  include  more  internally  developed,  acquired  and
licensed products containing proprietary technology.


<PAGE>

         Although the Company has  aggressively  pursued  acquisitions in recent
years,  over 60 percent of the  Company's  sales growth  during 1995 to 1997 has
come from internal growth initiatives.  The Company has had considerable success
in growing business post  acquisition,  most notably AIT and CIS, as a result of
its ability to provide working capital, an extensive base of  telecommunications
customers and a broad range of support services.

         Since January 1, 1995, the Company has  significantly  strengthened its
balance sheet  through  improved  operating  results,  a $115.0  million sale of
convertible   subordinated  notes,  a  $26.2  million  secondary  public  equity
offering,  stock  warrant and option  exercises,  and a five-year  $10.0 million
credit  facility.  The Company has used this  capital  for  acquisitions  and to
support the working capital  requirements  associated with the Company's growth.
The Company's working capital and stockholders'  equity have increased from $2.3
million and $1.2 million,  respectively,  at December 31, 1994 to $153.8 million
and $91.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 1997.

Results of Operations

         The following  table sets forth certain  financial  data expressed as a
percentage  of  total  sales  represented  by each  line  item in the  Company's
consolidated statements of operations,  except other data, which is expressed as
a percentage of the applicable revenue type:

                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                         1997         1996         1995
                                         -----        -----        -----

Statement of Operations Data:

  Sales of products                       76.8%        67.5%        57.7%
  Service revenues                        23.2         32.5         42.3
                                         -----        -----        -----
         Total sales                     100.0        100.0        100.0

  Cost of products sold                   47.1         42.1         42.0
  Cost of services                        18.3         28.5         36.9
                                         -----        -----        -----
         Total cost of sales              65.4         70.6         78.9
                                         -----        -----        -----

         Gross profit                     34.6         29.4         21.1

  Engineering and development              2.0          1.7          1.9
  Selling, general and administrative      9.7         12.2         10.4
  Amortization of goodwill                 1.9          1.1          0.5
  Special charges                          --           --           3.3
                                         -----        -----        -----
         Operating income                 21.0         14.4          5.0

  Interest and other income                2.7          1.0          0.5
  Interest expense                        (1.5)        (0.6)        (1.6)
                                         -----        -----        -----
         Income before income taxes       22.2         14.8          3.9

  Income taxes                             8.1          1.5          --
                                         -----        -----        -----

         Net income                       14.1%        13.3%         3.9%
                                         =====        =====        =====

Other Data:

  Gross Margin:
    Products                              38.6%        37.6%        27.2%
    Services                              21.2         12.5         12.8


 Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996

         Sales.  Total sales  increased   $42.0  million,  or  82.3%,  to  $93.0
million in 1997 from $51.0 million in 1996.  Product sales increased to 76.8% of
total sales in 1997 from 67.5% in 1996.

         Product sales increased $37.0 million,  or 107.5%,  to $71.4 million in
1997 from $34.4 million in 1996. The increase related to $26.2 million of mobile
network equipment sold by CIS, which was acquired  effective January 1, 1997, an
additional $6.4 million of switching products sold by AIT and approximately $6.9
million  in sales  of the  Company's  new  international  products,  the CDX and
WLL-2000. Product sales for 1996 included approximately $4.8 million in one-time
sales of a distributed product.

<PAGE>

         Service revenues increased $5.0 million,  or 30.2%, to $21.6 million in
1997 from  $16.6  million  in 1996.  The  increase  related  to $2.0  million of
engineering  services performed by Galaxy,  which was acquired effective July 1,
1997, and an additional  $5.2 million in pay telephone  refurbishment  revenues.
This  increase was  partially  offset by a decline in  electronic  manufacturing
revenues  resulting from a strategic  decision to begin  utilizing the Company's
manufacturing  capacity for new Company products rather than servicing  external
contract manufacturing customers.

         Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $17.1 million, or 114.3%, to $32.1
million in 1997 from $15.0  million in 1996.  Gross profit  margin  increased to
34.6% in 1997  from  29.4% in  1996.  The  improved  performance  resulted  from
economies  of scale  associated  with the 82.3%  increase in total sales and the
change in sales mix to  products,  which  generally  carry a higher gross profit
margin than service revenues.

         Gross profit  margin on products  sold  increased to 38.6% in 1997 from
37.6% in 1996.  The improved  margins  related to the $26.2 million of CIS sales
and sales of the CDX, all of which  generally  carry margins in excess of 40.0%.
The Company's  switching  products  experienced  declines in gross margin during
1997 primarily  related to margin  pressure on sales of Northern  Telecom add-on
frames and related circuit boards.

         Gross profit margin on service revenues increased to 21.2% in 1997 from
12.5% in 1996.  The  improvement  was due to the  addition of Galaxy  consulting
revenues and improved margins on pay telephone refurbishment revenues.

         Engineering  and  Development.  Engineering  and  development  expenses
increased  $970,000,  or 108.7%,  to $1.9 million in 1997 from $892,000 in 1996.
The  increase in  expenses  was  attributable  to the  formation  of a corporate
product  development  group during the third  quarter of 1996 and the  continued
expansion of the  development  group during 1997.  Engineering  and  development
expenses  increased  to 2.0% of total  sales in 1997 from 1.7% of total sales in
1996.

         Selling,  General and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  increased $2.8 million,  or 44.9%,  to $9.0 million in
1997 from $6.2  million in 1996.  The  increase  related  primarily  to expenses
associated with the operations of CIS and Galaxy,  which were acquired effective
January 1, 1997 and July 1, 1997, respectively,  and the Company's establishment
of a dedicated  international  sales and marketing group and corporate  business
development   function  in  March  1996.  In  addition,   the  Company  recorded
approximately  $960,000 of incentive compensation expense in 1997 as compared to
a provision of  approximately  $300,000 in 1996. As a percentage of total sales,
selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  decreased  to 9.7% in 1997 from
12.2% in 1996.

         Amortization  of  Goodwill.  Amortization  of goodwill  increased  $1.2
million to $1.8 million in 1997 from $534,000 in 1996,  primarily as a result of
goodwill recorded in connection with the AIT, CIS and Galaxy acquisitions.

         Operating Income.  Operating income increased $12.2 million, or 165.3%,
to $19.5  million in 1997 from $7.4  million in 1996.  Operating  income  margin
increased to 21.0% in 1997 from 14.4% in 1996.

         Interest and Other  Income.  Interest and other income  increased  $2.0
million  to $2.5  million  in 1997 from  $484,000  in 1996 due to a  significant
increase in cash balances of the Company,  resulting  primarily from the sale of
$115.0  million  convertible  subordinated  notes in October  1997 and  proceeds
received from a $26.2 million  secondary  public  equity  offering  completed in
October 1996.

         Interest and Other Expense.  Interest expense increased $1.0 million to
$1.4 million in 1997 from $320,000 in 1996. The increase is primarily due to the
sale of $115.0 million convertible subordinated notes in October 1997 which bear
interest at 4.5%.

         Income Taxes.  The  Company's  effective  income tax rate  increased to
36.5% in 1997 from 9.9% in 1996. The Company's 1996 effective rate was favorably
impacted by the recognition of a $4.1 million deferred tax asset during the year
to  reflect  the  benefits  of  the  Company's   remaining  net  operating  loss
carryforward.

  Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995

         Sales.  Total  sales  increased   $20.9   million,  or 69.2%,  to $51.0
million in 1996 from $30.1 million in 1995.  Product sales increased to 67.5% of
total sales in 1996 from 57.7% in 1995.

         Product sales  increased  $17.0 million,  or 97.9%, to $34.4 million in
1996 from $17.4 million in 1995. The increase related primarily to an additional
$16.1 million of switching  products  sold by AIT,  which was acquired as of May
1995,  and $3.6  million of  transport  and access  products  sold by Westec and
Sunrise, which were acquired as of October 1995 and January 1996,  respectively.
The increases  noted above were  partially  offset by a decrease in the sales of
pay telephone parts in 1996 due to a large one-time order received in 1995.

<PAGE>

         Service revenues increased $3.8 million,  or 30.0%, to $16.6 million in
1996 from $12.8 million in 1995. The increase  related to $1.2 million of Westec
repair revenues  following its  acquisition,  $1.7 million of increased  circuit
board repair revenues generated by the introduction of new repair services and a
new repair agent  contract  executed  with Century  Telephone in July 1995,  and
increased contract manufacturing revenues of approximately $1.4 million.

         Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased $8.6 million, or 135.7%, to $15.0
million in 1996 from $6.4  million in 1995.  Gross  profit  margin  increased to
29.4% in 1996  from  21.1% in  1995.  The  improved  performance  resulted  from
economies  of scale  associated  with the 69.2%  increase in total sales and the
change in sales mix to  products,  which  generally  carry a higher gross profit
margin than service revenues.

         Gross profit  margin on products  sold  increased to 37.6% in 1996 from
27.2% in 1995. Excluding the sale of distributed  products,  gross profit margin
for  products  sold in 1996 and 1995 was  41.9%  and  33.4%,  respectively.  The
improved margin  performance for  non-distributed  products related primarily to
the $16.1  million,  or 207.2%,  increase in switching  products sold by AIT and
$2.8 million of transport and access products sold by Sunrise.

         Gross profit margin on service revenues decreased to 12.5% in 1996 from
12.8% in 1995. The Company's gross profit margin for service revenues is subject
to wide fluctuations  depending on the sales mix (i.e., circuit board repair and
pay telephone  refurbishment  have targeted gross profit  margins  significantly
higher than those of electronic  manufacturing  services). In addition,  circuit
board repair margins  declined during 1995 due to increased  out-sourced  repair
revenues associated with new "one-stop" repair agent programs.

         Engineering  and  Development.  Engineering  and  development  expenses
increased  $315,000,  or 54.6%,  to $892,000 in 1996 from $577,000 in 1995.  The
increase in expenses was  attributable  to the research and product  development
activities acquired in connection with the Sunrise acquisition and the formation
of a product  development group during the third quarter of 1996. As a result of
the  69.2%  increase  in  total  sales,  engineering  and  development  expenses
decreased to 1.7% of total sales in 1996 from 1.9% of total sales in 1995.

         Selling,  General and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  increased $3.1 million,  or 98.7%,  to $6.2 million in
1996 from $3.1  million in 1995.  The  increase  related  primarily to operating
expenses  associated with the Acquisitions,  additional salary and related costs
for the  Company's  Chairman  (who  received no salary  during 1995) and its new
President,  and the Company's  establishment of a dedicated  international sales
and marketing  group and corporate  business  development  function in the first
quarter  of  1996.  As  a  percentage  of  total  sales,  selling,  general  and
administrative expenses increased to 12.2% in 1996 from 10.4% in 1995.

         Amortization of Goodwill.  Amortization of goodwill  increased $377,000
to $534,000 in 1996 from  $157,000 in 1995 as a result of the goodwill  acquired
in connection with the Acquisitions.

         Operating  Income.  Operating  income  increased  $5.8  million to $7.4
million  in 1996 from $1.5  million in 1995.  As a  percentage  of total  sales,
operating income increased to 14.4% in 1996 from 5.0% in 1995.

         Interest and Other Income. Interest and other income increased $341,000
to  $484,000 in 1996 from  $143,000 in 1995 due to an increase in invested  cash
balances during 1996,  resulting primarily from proceeds received from the $26.2
million secondary public equity offering completed in October.

         Interest Expense.  Interest expense  decreased  $175,000 to $319,000 in
1996 from $494,000 in 1995. The decrease  resulted  primarily from a decrease in
average debt  outstanding  in 1996. In October 1996, the Company paid off a $3.9
million  term loan with its bank  using  proceeds  received  from the  secondary
public offering. A reduction in the interest rate on the Company's bank debt due
to the lender's reinstatement of a LIBOR-based interest rate option in July 1995
and an additional one percentage point reduction obtained with the Company's new
bank  agreement  in March 1996 also  contributed  to the  decrease  in  interest
expense.

         Income Taxes. The Company's effective income tax rate was 9.9% in 1996.
The Company's 1996 effective rate was significantly  impacted by the recognition
of a $4.1 million  deferred tax asset during the year to reflect the benefits of
the Company's  remaining net operating loss carryforward.  No income tax expense
was recorded in 1995 due to the partial  recognition of benefits associated with
the Company's net operating loss carryforward.


<PAGE>


Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Overview.  Cash management is a key element of the Company's  operating
philosophy and strategic  plans.  Acquisitions  to date have been  structured to
minimize  the cash  element of the  purchase  price and ensure that  appropriate
levels of cash are  available  to support  the  increased  product  development,
marketing  programs  and working  capital  normally  associated  with the growth
initiatives  of acquired  businesses.  As of December 31, 1997,  the Company had
$118.1 million of cash and equivalents and $10.0 million in borrowings available
under its credit line to support its current  working capital  requirements  and
strategic growth initiatives.

         Operating  Activities.  Cash  used by  operating  activities  was  $2.0
million in 1997 as compared to cash  provided by  operations  of $2.0 million in
1996.  The increased  use of cash in 1997  resulted  from the Company's  need to
finance increased accounts receivable and inventories to support its growth.

         Accounts  receivable  increased  $10.6  million,  or  109.9%,  to $20.3
million at December 31, 1997 from $9.7  million at December  31, 1996.  This was
due to the  acquisitions  of CIS and Galaxy and increased  sales activity at the
Company  (fourth  quarter  1997 sales were $21.3  million as  compared to fourth
quarter 1996 sales of $14.6 million). Average days sales outstanding at December
31, 1997 were approximately 81 days as compared to 50 days at December 31, 1996.

         Inventories  increased  $11.8 million,  or 110.4%,  to $22.4 million at
December 31, 1997 from $10.7 million at December 31, 1996. This increase was due
to the acquisition of CIS, a planned  build-up of AIT inventories to support the
increased demand for its switching products and inventories  required to support
the roll out of the  Company's  new  products,  including  the CDX  switch,  the
WLL-2000 system and the WX-5501 line card.

         In  addition,   the  Company  shipped  approximately  $3.8  million  of
equipment to Resurgens  Communications  Group ("Resurgens") in December 1997. On
February 12, 1998 the Company  executed a letter of intent to acquire  Resurgens
and  therefore  did not record the shipment as a sale.  Upon  completion  of the
acquisition  of  Resurgens,  the  equipment  will be treated as an investment in
Resurgens at the Company's cost value.

         Investing Activities. Cash used by investing activities,  primarily for
the  acquisitions of businesses,  manufacturing  and test equipment and computer
networking  equipment  was $17.9  million  and $1.8  million  for 1997 and 1996,
respectively.

         Between May 1995 and July 1997, the Company  completed the acquisitions
of AIT,  Westec,  Sunrise,  CIS and  Galaxy  (the  "Acquisitions"),  which  were
designed to bring new  wireline  and wireless  switching,  transport  and access
products  and  technology  into  the  Company.  All  of  the  Acquisitions  were
relatively  similar in  structure  in that the former  owners  received  initial
consideration  consisting of a combination  of common stock and cash, as well as
contingent  consideration  tied  to the  future  profitability  of  the  ongoing
business.  The  majority of the  contingent  consideration  may be paid,  at the
option  of the  Company,  in the form of  Company  common  stock  valued  at its
then-current  market  price.  At  the  time  it  becomes  highly  probable  that
contingent  consideration  will be earned, the fair market value is measured and
recorded on the Company's balance sheet as additional goodwill and stockholders'
equity. See Note B to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

         Through  December 31,  1997,  the Company has paid  approximately  $8.5
million in cash  consideration  in connection with the  Acquisitions,  including
$3.5 million for the CIS  acquisition in early 1997, $1.2 million for the Galaxy
acquisition in July 1997 and $3.8 million for the AIT acquisition. The impact of
these payments on the Company's  cash position has been partially  offset by the
addition  of $1.5  million in cash held by Sunrise  and Galaxy on the  effective
dates of acquisition.

         In  addition  to the $3.5  million in cash paid and  440,874  shares of
common stock issued up front to the CIS  stockholders,  the  stockholders of CIS
were  issued  845,010  restricted  shares of common  stock.  These  shares  were
immediately  placed into escrow and,  together  with $6.5 million in  additional
purchase price,  will be released and paid to the stockholders of CIS contingent
upon the realization of certain  predefined  levels of pre-tax income from CIS's
operations during three one-year periods beginning January 1, 1997.

         The first measurement  period for purposes of releasing escrowed shares
and paying  contingent  cash  consideration  was January 1, 1997 to December 31,
1997. In reviewing  CIS's pre-tax  income  performance as of April 30, 1997, the
Company  determined  that it was highly probable that the conditions for release
and payment for this first period would be met.  Accordingly,  317,427  escrowed
shares were  accounted  for as if released and $3.5 million in  contingent  cash
payments were  accounted for as if paid as of April 30, 1997.  The net effect of
this  accounting  was  to  increase   goodwill  and   stockholders'   equity  by
approximately  $6.5  million at April 30, 1997.  These shares were  released and
payment was made to the former stockholders of CIS on February 15, 1998.

<PAGE>

         In  addition to the $1.2  million in cash and 262,203  shares of common
stock  issued up front,  the former  Galaxy  stockholders  were  issued  131,101
restricted  shares of the Company's common stock.  These shares were immediately
placed into escrow, and along with $3.5 million in additional consideration (the
"Galaxy  Additional  Consideration"),  will be  released  and paid to the former
stockholders of Galaxy  contingent  upon the realization of redefined  levels of
pre-tax income from Galaxy's  operations during four measurement periods between
July 1, 1997 and December 31, 2000.

         The first measurement  period for purposes of releasing escrowed shares
and paying  Galaxy  Additional  Consideration  was July 1, 1997 to December  31,
1997. In reviewing  Galaxy's pre-tax income performance as of December 31, 1997,
the Company  determined  that  conditions for release and payment for this first
period were met.  Accordingly,  15,215  escrowed shares were accounted for as if
released and $400,000 in additional  consideration (in the form of 14,901 shares
of Company  common stock) were accounted for as if paid as of December 31, 1997.
The net effect of this  accounting  was to increase  goodwill and  stockholders'
equity by  approximately  $535,000  at  December  31,  1997.  These  shares were
released and payment was made to the former  stockholders  of Galaxy on February
15, 1998.

         In the  fourth  quarter  of 1997,  the  Company  began its three  phase
acquisition of NACT.  During  November and December 1997, the Company  purchased
355,000  shares of NACT common stock in the open market for  approximately  $5.0
million. See Note A to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

         On  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a stock  purchase
agreement  with GST  Telecommunications,  Inc.  ("GST") and GST, USA, Inc. ("GST
USA")  to  acquire  5,113,712  shares  of NACT  common  stock  owned by GST USA,
representing  approximately  63% of the outstanding  shares of NACT common stock
(the "NACT Stock Acquisition").  On February 27, 1998 the NACT Stock Acquisition
was  completed  with GST USA  receiving  $59.7  million  in cash  and  1,429,907
restricted  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  These shares had an initial
fair value of approximately $23.0 million.

         On February 24, 1998 the Company  entered into a merger  agreement with
NACT  pursuant to which the Company  agreed to acquire all of the shares of NACT
common stock not already  then owned by the Company or GST USA.  Pursuant to the
terms of the merger agreement, each share of NACT common stock will be converted
into shares of Company  common stock having a value of $17.50 per share based on
the average of the daily  closing  price of Company  common  stock on the NASDAQ
National  Market for a  pre-defined  period prior to the closing  (the  "Closing
Price"), provided that if the Closing Price is more than $25.52, then each share
of NACT common  stock will be  converted  into 0.6857  shares of Company  common
stock.  If the Closing Price is less than $20.88,  then the Company may elect to
terminate the agreement. See Note N to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

         On December 24, 1997, the Company  entered into an agreement to acquire
ATI.  On January 29,  1998,  the  transaction  was  completed  in its final form
whereby ATI was merged with and into CIS (the "ATI Merger").  In connection with
the ATI Merger,  the  stockholders  of ATI received  approximately  $300,000 and
418,054  restricted  shares of the Company's  common stock.  These shares had an
initial fair value of approximately $8.0 million.

         In addition to the 418,054 shares noted above,  the stockholders of ATI
were issued  209,050  restricted  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  These
shares  were  immediately  placed  into  escrow  and  will  be  released  to the
stockholders  of ATI contingent  upon the  realization  of predefined  levels of
pre-tax net income from ATI's  operations  during  calendar years 1998 and 1999.
See Note N to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

         In December 1997, the Company  loaned ATI  approximately  $4.5 million.
ATI used $2.4  million of the proceeds to pay off its line of credit with a bank
and the remainder for working capital purposes.  The note receivable from ATI is
included in Other assets on the Company's December 31, 1997 balance sheet.

         During  1997 and 1996,  the  Company  invested  $3.6  million  and $1.2
million,   respectively,  in  capital  expenditures.   These  expenditures  were
primarily for new manufacturing and test equipment, computer network and related
communications   equipment   designed  to  upgrade  the   Company's   management
information  systems and facilitate the  integration  of the  Acquisitions,  and
facility improvements required in connection with the Company's growth.

         In July 1996, the Company entered into a long-term  technology  license
agreement with International Communications Technologies, Inc. ("ICT") and Eagle
Telephonics,  Inc.  ("Eagle")  to  manufacture,  market  and sell the CDX, a new
modular,  digital  central  office  switch  originally  developed  by Eagle.  As
consideration  for this  license,  the Company  paid Eagle  $250,000 in cash and
provided it with $450,000 of manufacturing  services.  In addition,  the Company
agreed to pay ICT certain  royalties  based on future sales of the switch by the
Company.

<PAGE>

         In December 1996, the Company executed a technology licensing agreement
with TCSI  Corporation  ("TCSI") that grants the Company the perpetual rights to
incorporate  TCSI's spread spectrum CDMA wireless  technology into the Company's
products  sold  throughout  the  world.  Under the terms of the  agreement,  the
Company also has the rights to use the technology covered by seven TCSI patents,
all of which address digital data signals and wireless communication systems. As
total  consideration for this license,  TCSI was paid $50,000 in cash and issued
25,000 shares of restricted common stock. These shares had an initial fair value
of  approximately  $150,000.  In addition to the 25,000 shares noted above,  the
Company  issued 25,000 shares of restricted  common stock to TCSI.  These shares
were immediately  placed in escrow and will be released to TCSI upon the earlier
of the first  commercial  use of the technology by the Company or the expiration
of the two year period from the date the license was executed.

         Financing  Activities.  Cash  provided  from  financing  activities was
$115.4 million and $20.4 million for 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         On  October 1, 1997,  the  Company  sold  $100.0  million in  aggregate
principal amount of convertible subordinated notes (the "Notes") under Rule 144A
of the  Securities  Act of 1933. The Notes bear interest at the rate of 4.5% per
annum,  are convertible  into Company common stock at an initial price of $37.03
per share and mature on October  1,  2002.  Interest  on the Notes is payable on
April 1 and October 1 of each year,  commencing in April 1, 1998.  The Notes are
general  unsecured  obligations  of the Company and are  subordinate in right of
payment to all  existing and senior  indebtedness.  The Company  received  $97.0
million from the sale of the Notes, after the initial purchasers'  discount fees
of $3.0 million.

         In addition to the Notes sold on October 1, 1997,  the Company  granted
the initial  purchasers an option to purchase up to an additional  $15.0 million
in Notes to cover  over-allotments.  On October 28, 1997, the initial purchasers
exercised  the  over-allotment  option  in full  and  the  Company  received  an
additional  $14.6  million,  after the  application  of the initial  purchasers'
discount fees of $450,000.

         The  total  discount  fees  of  $3,450,000,  along  with  approximately
$550,000 of legal,  accounting,  printing and other expenses (the "Debt issuance
costs")  are being  amortized  to expense  over the five year term of the Notes.
Debt issuance costs of  approximately  $3.8 million,  net of  amortization,  are
included in Other assets on the Company's December 31, 1997 balance sheet.

         In  October   1996,   the  Company   received  net  cash   proceeds  of
approximately $25.3 million from the sale of 3,487,500 shares of common stock in
a public  offering at a price of $8.00 per share.  In October 1996,  the Company
used  approximately  $3.9  million  of the net  proceeds  to repay  all  amounts
borrowed  under its bank term loan.  In  connection  with the  repayment  of the
amounts borrowed under the term loan, the Company's primary lender increased the
amount  available to the Company  under its  revolving  line of credit from $6.0
million to $10.0 million.

         Borrowings under the Company's $10.0 million line of credit are secured
by a first  lien on  substantially  all the  assets  of the  Company.  The  bank
agreement,  which expires in March 2001,  contains  standard lending  covenants,
including  financial  ratios,  restrictions  on  dividends  and  limitations  on
additional debt and the  disposition of Company assets.  Interest is paid at the
rate of prime plus 1 1/4% or LIBOR plus 2 1/2%, at the option of the Company. As
of December 31, 1997, there were no amounts outstanding under the Company's line
of credit.

         In October 1995, the Company raised  approximately $6.5 million through
the exercise of previously-issued warrants and non-qualified options to purchase
shares of  common  stock.  The vast  majority  of these  securities  related  to
warrants issued in connection  with private equity  offerings and bank financing
agreements. In exercising their warrants or options, investors had the option of
paying  cash or  executing  an 8%  interest-bearing  note  made  payable  to the
Company.  Approximately  $2.4 million of the total proceeds was paid in cash and
$4.1  million  through  notes,  which were paid in full in the first  quarter of
1996.  There are currently no  significant  warrants or options  outstanding  to
purchase  common  stock  except  those  issued to the  Company's  directors  and
employees. See Note I to Consolidated Financial Statements.

         During 1997, the Company received  approximately $11.3 million in cash,
including  related  federal income tax benefits of  approximately  $6.7 million,
from the exercises of incentive and non-qualified  stock options and warrants by
the Company's directors and employees.

<PAGE>

         Income  Taxes.  As a result of the  exercises  of  non-qualified  stock
options and warrants by the Company's  directors and employees,  the Company has
realized a federal  income tax benefit of  approximately  $6.7 million for 1997.
Although  this tax benefit does not have any effect on the  Company's  provision
for income tax expense for 1997, it represents a significant cash benefit to the
Company. This tax benefit is accounted for as a decrease in current income taxes
payable and an increase in capital in excess of par value.

         As of December 31, 1997, the Company has capital loss  carryforwards of
approximately $1.2 million expiring in 1998.
         Salary Incentive Program.  In December 1996, the Company  implemented a
voluntary salary  reduction  program designed to improve the Company's cash flow
during 1997,  further  align the  objectives  of the  Company's  management  and
salaried  employees  with those of the Company's  stockholders  and  potentially
provide the Company with significant  future tax deductions.  Under the program,
72 exempt salaried  employees agreed to forego  approximately  $826,000 of their
1997  compensation  in exchange  for 413,019  non-qualified  options to purchase
shares of Company common stock at $8.00 per share, its then-current market value
(i.e., one stock option for every $2.00 of  compensation).  The vesting was tied
to the  Company  meeting  specific  operational  objectives  in 1997,  including
pre-defined levels of internal sales growth, ISO 9002 certification and specific
cash management  objectives,  as well as the  installation  of certain  upgraded
information  systems.  As of December 31, 1997,  these  options had become fully
vested.

         Under the 1997 program,  employees could participate to a maximum level
of 50% of their 1997  salaries.  The  Company's  Chairman,  President  and Chief
Financial Officer each elected to forego 50% of their salary under this program.
This  program  also  provided  that if  certain  levels of pre-tax  income  were
achieved  for 1997,  a partial  or full  repayment  of  salaries  would be made.
Compensation expense related to this program of approximately  $250,000,  or 30%
of the salaries deferred, was recorded in 1997.

         Summary. The Company's improved operating performance and completion of
the sale of $115.0  million of Notes has  significantly  enhanced its  financial
strength and improved its liquidity.  As of the date of this Report, the Company
has  approximately  $60.0  million  of cash,  no bank  debt and a $10.0  million
revolving  line of credit  available.  The Company  believes  that existing cash
balances,  available  borrowings  under the  Company's  line of credit  and cash
projected  to be  generated  from  operations  will  provide  the  Company  with
sufficient capital resources to support its current working capital requirements
and business plans for at least the next 12 months.

Quarterly Operating Results

         The following table presents unaudited  quarterly operating results for
each of the Company's last eight quarters. This information has been prepared by
the  Company  on a basis  consistent  with the  Company's  audited  consolidated
financial  statements and includes all  adjustments,  consisting  only of normal
recurring accruals, that the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation
in accordance with GAAP. Such quarterly  results are not necessarily  indicative
of future operating results. This information should be read in conjunction with
the Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and Notes  thereto  included
elsewhere in this Report.

         The  following  includes  the  results  of  operations  for  businesses
acquired  from their  respective  dates of  acquisition  as  follows:  CIS as of
January 1, 1997 and Galaxy as of July 1, 1997. Net income per share is presented
on a diluted basis.

         Sales of switching,  transport  and access  products are subject to the
timing of customer upgrade and new installation  programs and, as a result,  may
contribute to significant  fluctuations in the Company's future quarterly sales.
The  Company's  operating  income  performance  is also  subject to  significant
quarterly fluctuations based on the mix of product sales and service revenues.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                                                             Quarter Ended
                                           March 31, June 30,  Sept. 30, Dec. 31,  March 31,  June 30, Sept. 30, Dec. 31,
                                             1996      1996      1996      1996      1997      1997      1997      1997
                                            -------   -------   -------  -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
                                                                   (in thousands, except per share) data)
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      


Sales of products                           $ 8,354   $ 7,682   $ 8,125  $10,250    $15,470   $19,444   $21,185   $15,293
Service revenues                              4,039     3,881     4,294    4,375      4,781     4,572     6,268     5,971
                                            -------   -------   -------  -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
  Total sales                                12,393    11,563    12,419   14,625     20,251    24,016    27,453    21,264

Cost of products sold                         6,215     4,597     4,810    5,863      9,970    11,525    12,316    10,016
Cost of services                              3,403     3,541     3,591    3,985      4,083     4,006     4,742     4,186
                                            -------   -------   -------  -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
  Total cost of sales                         9,618     8,138     8,401    9,848     14,053    15,531    17,058    14,202
                                            -------   -------   -------  -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
  Gross profit                                2,775     3,425     4,018    4,777      6,198     8,485    10,395     7,062

Engineering and development                     177       193       243      280        316       429       605       512
Selling, general and administrative           1,277     1,430     1,679    1,824      1,918     2,435     2,508     2,139
Amortization of goodwill                        111       111       142      170        284       380       546       546
                                            -------   -------   -------  -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
  Operating income                            1,210     1,691     1,954    2,503      3,680     5,241     6,736     3,865
Interest and other income                       103        55        24      303        367       225       227     1,688
Interest expense                               (103)     (104)     (101)     (11)       (29)      (24)      (26)   (1,280)
                                            -------   -------   -------  -------    -------   -------   -------   -------
  Income before income taxes                  1,210     1,642     1,877    2,795      4,018     5,442     6,937     4,273
Income taxes                                     --       224       234      287      1,406     2,014     2,566     1,550
                                            -------   -------   -------  -------    -------   --------  -------   -------
  Net income                                $ 1,210   $ 1,418   $ 1,643  $ 2,508    $ 2,612   $ 3,428   $ 4,371   $ 2,723
                                            =======   =======   =======  =======    =======   =======   =======   =======
  Net income per common share               $  0.09   $  0.10   $  0.12  $  0.15    $  0.15   $  0.18   $  0.22   $  0.14
                                            =======   =======   =======  =======    =======   =======   =======   =======

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
         The following table sets forth the above unaudited  quarterly financial
information as a percentage of total sales:
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Quarter Ended
                                           March 31, June 30,   Sept. 30,  Dec. 31, March 31, June 30,  Sept. 30,  Dec. 31,
                                             1996      1996        1996     1996      1997      1997      1997      1997
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Sales of products                              67.4%     66.4%     65.4%    70.1%      76.4%     81.0%     77.2%     71.9%
Service revenues                               32.6      33.6      34.6     29.9       23.6      19.0      22.8      28.1
                                              -----     -----     -----    -----      -----     -----     -----     -----
  Total sales                                 100.0     100.0     100.0    100.0      100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of products sold                          50.1      39.8      38.7     40.1       49.2      48.0      44.8      47.1
Cost of services                               27.5      30.6      29.0     27.2       20.2      16.7      17.3      19.7
                                              -----     -----     -----    -----      -----     -----     -----     -----
  Total cost of sales                          77.6      70.4      67.7     67.3       69.4      64.7      62.1      66.8
                                              -----     -----     -----    -----      -----     -----     -----     -----
  Gross profit                                 22.4      29.6      32.3     32.7       30.6      35.3      37.9      33.2

Engineering and development                     1.4       1.7       2.0      1.9        1.6       1.8       2.2       2.4
Selling, general and administrative            10.3      12.3      13.5     12.5        9.4      10.1       9.2      10.0
Amortization of goodwill                        0.9       1.0       1.1      1.2        1.4       1.6       2.0       2.6
                                              -----     -----     -----    -----      -----     -----     -----     -----
  Operating income                              9.8      14.6      15.7     17.1       18.2      21.8      24.5      18.2
Interest and other income                       0.8       0.5       0.2      2.1        1.6       0.9       0.8       7.9
Interest expense                               (0.8)     (0.9)     (0.8)    (0.1)       --        --       (0.1)     (6.0)
                                              -----     -----     -----    -----      -----     -----     -----     -----
  Income before income taxes                    9.8      14.2      15.1     19.1       19.8      22.7      25.2      20.1
Income taxes                                     --       1.9       1.9      2.0        6.9       8.4       9.3       7.3
                                              -----     -----     -----    -----      -----     -----     -----     -----
  Net income                                    9.8%     12.3%     13.2%    17.1%      12.9%     14.3%     15.9%     12.8%
                                              =====     =====     =====    =====      =====     =====     =====     =====

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

         In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income"
(SFAS 130).  SFAS 130  establishes  standards for  reporting  and  disclosure of
comprehensive  income and its  components.  This statement will be effective for
the year ended  December 31, 1998.  Management  believes this statement will not
have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.


Year 2000 Issue

         As a result of certain computer programs being written using two digits
rather than four to define the applicable  year,  any of the Company's  computer
systems that have date sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the
year 1900  rather than the year 2000 (the  so-called  "Year 2000  Issue").  This
could  result in a system  failure or  miscalculations  causing  disruptions  of
operations,  including,  among other  things,  a temporary  inability to process
transactions, send invoices or engage in normal business activities.

         The Company is in the process of  evaluating  its  computer  systems to
determine  what  modifications  (if  any) are  necessary  to make  such  systems
compatible  with  the  year  2000  requirements.  However,  because  many of the
Company's  computer  systems have been put into service  within the last several
years,  the Company  does not expect any such  modifications  to have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  consolidated  financial  position or results of
operations.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that the computer  systems of
other companies on which the Company's systems rely will be timely modified,  or
that a failure to modify such systems by another company,  or modifications that
are incompatible with the Company's  systems,  would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company.




ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

         Not Applicable


<PAGE>

ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




                                                                           Page
                                                                          Number

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants............................25

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996..................26

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years 
  ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995......................................27

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity 
  for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995........................28

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years
  ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995......................................29

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................30








<PAGE>


               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of World Access, Inc.,


In our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  listed  in the index
appearing  under  Item  14(a)(1)  and (2) on page  46   present  fairly,  in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  World  Access,  Inc.  and its
subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their  operations
and their cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended  December
31, 1997, in conformity with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management;  our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.  We conducted  our audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and  disclosures  in the financial  statements,
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  and evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We
believe  that our audits  provide a reasonable  basis for the opinion  expressed
above.


Price Waterhouse LLP

Atlanta, Georgia 
March 5, 1998

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

World Access, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
<CAPTION>

                                                   December 31,
                                         -------------------------------
                                             1997              1996
                                         -------------     -------------
<S>                                      <C>               <C>             
ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash and equivalents                   $ 118,065,045     $  22,480,082
  Accounts receivable                       20,263,971         9,651,884
  Inventories                               22,426,918        10,657,412
  Other current assets                      10,923,723         3,533,615
                                         -------------     -------------
    Total Current Assets                   171,679,657        46,322,993
Property and equipment                       5,704,585         2,657,661
Investment in affiliate                      5,002,000            ---
Goodwill                                    31,660,201         9,526,140
Other assets                                11,236,298         2,229,172
                                         -------------     -------------
    Total  Assets                        $ 225,282,741     $  60,735,966
                                         =============     =============

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
  Short-term debt                        $      81,739     $      ---
  Accounts payable                           9,339,588         3,756,722
  Accrued payroll and benefits               2,589,461         1,605,840
  Purchase price payable                     3,700,000            ---
  Other accrued liabilities                  2,219,237         2,999,187
                                         -------------     -------------
    Total Current Liabilities               17,930,025         8,361,749
Other liabilities                              333,802            ---
Long-term debt                             115,263,984            ---
                                         -------------     -------------
    Total Liabilities                      133,527,811         8,361,749
                                         -------------     -------------
Stockholders' Equity
  Common stock, $.01 par value,
    40,000,000 shares authorized,
    19,306,235 and 16,328,513 issued and
    outstanding at December 31, 1997
    and 1996, respectively                     193,062           163,285
  Capital in excess of par value            84,162,478        58,517,279
  Note receivable from affiliate                ---             (571,634)
  Retained earnings (deficit)                7,399,390        (5,734,713)
                                         -------------     -------------
    Total Stockholders' Equity              91,754,930        52,374,217
                                         -------------     -------------
    Total Liabilities and
      Stockholders' Equity               $ 225,282,741     $  60,735,966
                                         =============     =============





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

World Access, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
<CAPTION>


                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                       1997             1996             1995
                                  ------------     ------------     ------------
<S>                               <C>              <C>              <C>           
Sales of products                 $ 71,391,688     $ 34,411,079     $ 17,383,904
Service revenues                    21,592,794       16,589,123       12,754,585
                                  ------------     ------------     ------------
    Total Sales                     92,984,482       51,000,202       30,138,489

Cost of products sold               43,827,123       21,485,696       12,657,218
Cost of services                    17,017,674       14,519,917       11,118,411
                                  ------------     ------------     ------------
    Total Cost of Sales             60,844,797       36,005,613       23,775,629
                                  ------------     ------------     ------------
    Gross Profit                    32,139,685       14,994,589        6,362,860

Engineering and development          1,861,734          891,959          577,299
Selling, general
  and administrative                 8,999,931        6,210,324        3,124,559
Amortization of goodwill             1,755,798          533,919          157,394
Special charges                         ---              ---             980,000
                                  ------------     ------------     ------------
    Operating Income                19,522,222        7,358,387        1,523,608

Interest and other income            2,503,318          484,211          142,632
Interest expense                    (1,355,437)        (318,987)        (493,797)
                                  ------------     ------------     ------------
    Income Before Income Taxes      20,670,103        7,523,611        1,172,443

Income taxes                         7,536,000          745,069           ---
                                  ------------     ------------     ------------
    Net Income                    $ 13,134,103     $  6,778,542     $  1,172,443
                                  ============     ============     ============

Net Income Per Common Share:

    Basic                         $        .76     $        .52     $        .15
                                  ============     ============     ============
    Diluted                       $        .70     $        .46     $        .12
                                  ============     ============     ============

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:

    Basic                           17,242,405       13,044,432        7,858,954
                                  ============     ============     ============
    Diluted                         18,707,781       14,529,994        9,083,260
                                  ============     ============     ============



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
World Access, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
<CAPTION>


                                                          Capital In          Note           Retained
                                              Common       Excess of       Receivable        Earnings
                                              Stock        Par Value     from Affiliate      (Deficit)         Total
                                            ---------    ------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>             
Balance at January 1, 1995                  $  69,182    $ 14,776,433    $      ---        $(13,685,698)   $  1,159,917

Net income                                                                                    1,172,443       1,172,443
Issuance of 2,583,988 shares for
  stock warrants and options                   25,840       6,703,561                                         6,729,401
Issuance of 1,181,770 shares in
  private placement, net of expenses           11,818       2,857,607                                         2,869,425
Issuance of 1,351,603 shares for
  AIT acquisition                              13,516       2,259,902                                         2,273,418
Issuance of 517,050 shares for
  Westec acquisition                            5,171       1,023,279                                         1,028,450
Note receivable from affiliate, net                                            (919,836)                       (919,836)
Issuance of 5,596 shares for
  matching contribution to 401K plan               56          20,761                                            20,817
                                            ---------    ------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1995                  125,583      27,641,543          (919,836)    (12,513,255)     14,334,035

Net income                                                                                    6,778,542       6,778,542
Issuance of 3,487,500 shares in secondary
  public offering, net of expenses             34,875      25,296,375                                        25,331,250
Issuance of 655,364 shares for
  Sunrise acquisition                           6,553       2,990,383                                         2,996,936
Release of 318,654 shares from
  escrow for AIT acquisition                                2,042,373                                         2,042,373
Repayment of loan by affiliate, net                                             348,202                         348,202
Issuance of 50,000 shares for
  technology license                              500         137,020                                           137,520
Issuance of 246,906 shares for
  stock options and warrants                    2,469         377,629                                           380,098
Retirement of 672,419 escrowed shares
  from 1991 initial public offering            (6,724)          6,724                                                            ---
Issuance of 2,883 shares for matching
  contribution to 401K plan                        29          25,232                                            25,261
                                            ---------    ------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1996                  163,285      58,517,279          (571,634)     (5,734,713)     52,374,217

Net income                                                                                   13,134,103      13,134,103
Issuance of 1,285,884 shares for
  CIS acquisition                              12,859       5,601,560                                         5,614,419
Issuance of 408,205 shares for
  Galaxy acquisition                            4,082       4,768,893                                         4,772,975
Release of 159,327 shares from
  escrow for AIT acquisition                                  892,231                                           892,231
Issuance of 121,182 shares for
  AIT acquisition                               1,212       2,168,788                                         2,170,000
Release of 50,000 shares from
  escrow for Westec acquisition                               835,625                                           835,625
Repayment of loan by affiliate                                                  571,634                         571,634
Issuance of 1,155,360 shares for
  stock options and warrants                   11,553       4,594,299                                         4,605,852
Tax benefit from exercises of stock
  options and warrants                                      6,675,000                                         6,675,000
Issuance of 7,091 shares for matching
  contribution to 401K plan                        71         108,803                                           108,874
                                            ---------    ------------    --------------    ------------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1997                $ 193,062    $ 84,162,478    $      ---        $  7,399,390    $ 91,754,930
                                            =========    ============    ==============    ============    ============


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
World Access, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<CAPTION>
                                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                               -----------------------------------------------
                                                     1997             1996             1995
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>              <C>            
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net income                                     $  13,134,103     $  6,778,542     $  1,172,443
Adjustments to reconcile net income
  to net cash from (used by)
  operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                  3,096,356        1,420,052          894,484
    Income tax benefit from stock
      warrants and options                         6,675,000           ---              ---
    Provision for inventory reserves                 772,867          197,409          162,345
    Provision for bad debts                          171,574          167,612            7,568
    Stock contributed to 401K plan                   108,874           34,861           19,317
    Special charges                                   ---              ---             823,714
    Changes in operating assets and
      liabilities, net of effects
      from businesses acquired:
        Accounts receivable                       (8,796,812)        (258,167)      (6,809,851)
        Inventories                              (12,147,373)      (5,988,385)      (1,627,479)
        Accounts payable                           4,313,371          (46,669)         177,090
        Other assets and liabilities              (9,290,063)        (310,306)      (1,264,163)
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
    Net Cash From (Used By)
      Operating Activities                        (1,962,103)       1,994,949       (6,444,532)
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
Acquisitions of businesses                        (5,945,724)        (436,791)        (649,769)
Investment in affiliate                           (5,002,000)          ---              ---
Repayments by (loans to) affiliates               (3,319,534)         348,202       (1,502,336)
Expenditures for property and equipment           (3,590,978)      (1,176,018)        (279,571)
Technology licenses                                  (21,298)        (528,050)          ---
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
    Net Cash Used By Investing Activities        (17,879,534)      (1,792,657)      (2,431,676)
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Issuance of long-term debt                       111,909,015           ---             ---
Net proceeds from secondary
  public offering                                     ---          25,331,250          ---
Net proceeds from private
 equity offerings                                     ---              ---           2,835,000
Proceeds from exercise of stock
  warrants and options                             4,605,852        4,251,487        2,961,207
Short-term debt borrowings (repayments)             (588,715)      (5,510,220)       4,338,556
Long-term debt repayments                             ---          (3,625,000)        (125,000)
Debt issuance costs                                 (499,552)         (56,546)          ---
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
    Net Cash From Financing Activities           115,426,600       20,390,971       10,009,763
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
    Increase in Cash and Equivalents              95,584,963       20,593,263        1,133,555
    Cash and Equivalents at
      Beginning of Period                         22,480,082        1,886,819          753,264
                                               -------------     ------------     ------------
    Cash and Equivalents at
      End of Period                            $ 118,065,045     $ 22,480,082     $  1,886,819
                                               =============     ============     ============
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash
  Financing and Investing Activities:
Issuance of common stock for
  businesses acquired                          $  14,285,250     $  5,039,309     $  3,301,868
Issuance of common stock for
  stockholder notes                                                                  3,828,194
Reduction in note receivable
  from affiliate to recognize
  contingent purchase price earned                                    582,500          582,500
Conversion of accounts receivable
  to investment in technology
  license                                                             241,919
Issuance of common stock for
  technology license                                                  137,520

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                       WORLD ACCESS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE A: GENERAL

Nature of Business

         World Access,  Inc. and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries  (the "Company")
operate in one business segment as a provider of systems,  products and services
to the global telecommunications marketplace. The Company develops, manufactures
and markets  wireline  and wireless  switching,  transport  and access  products
primarily  for  the  United   States,   Caribbean   Basin  and  Latin   American
telecommunications  markets.  The Company's  products  allow  telecommunications
service  providers to build and upgrade their  central  office and outside plant
networks in order to provide a wide array of voice,  data and video  services to
their business and residential  customers.  The Company offers digital switches,
cellular  base  stations,   fixed  wireless  local  loop  systems,   intelligent
multiplexers,   microwave   and   millimeterwave   radio   systems   and   other
telecommunications  network  equipment.  The  products  offered  by the  Company
include those manufactured by the Company as well as those manufactured by other
telecommunications  equipment  companies.  To support and complement its product
sales,  the Company also  provides its  customers  with a broad range of design,
engineering,  manufacturing, testing, installation, repair and other value-added
services.

Basis of Presentation

         The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of the
Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  from  their  effective  dates  of
acquisition (see "Note B"). All material  intercompany accounts and transactions
are eliminated in consolidation.

         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         The estimated fair value of financial  instruments  has been determined
by the Company using available  market  information  and  appropriate  valuation
methodologies.  However,  considerable judgment is required in interpreting data
to develop the estimates of fair value.  Accordingly,  the  estimates  presented
herein are not  necessarily  indicative  of the amounts  that the Company  could
realize in a current market exchange.  The fair value estimates presented herein
are based on pertinent  information available to management as of the respective
balance sheet dates.  Although management is not aware of any factors that would
significantly  affect the estimated  fair value  amounts,  such amounts have not
been  comprehensively  revalued for purposes of these financial statements since
that date and current estimates of fair value may differ  significantly from the
amounts presented herein.

         The fair  values of cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable,  accounts
payable  and  accrued  expenses  approximate  the  carrying  values due to their
short-term  nature.  The fair values of long-term  debt are  estimated  based on
current  market  rates and  instruments  with the same risk and  maturities  and
approximate the carrying value.

Revenue Recognition

         In general,  revenues are  recognized  when the Company's  products are
shipped or services  are  rendered.  Occasionally,  the Company  will enter into
long-term contracts which require percentage of completion accounting treatment.

         During  1997,  the Company  recognized  approximately  $5.3  million of
revenues   under  the   percentage  of  completion   method.   Of  this  amount,
approximately  $2.5 million represents costs and estimated earnings in excess of
billings and is included in Other current  assets on the Company's  December 31,
1997 balance sheet.

Significant Customers

         A  portion  of  the  Company's  total  sales  have  been  derived  from
significant customers. During 1997, no customer individually accounted for 10.0%
of the Company's total sales.  During 1996, one customer  accounted for 10.9% of
total sales.  During 1995,  two customers  individually  accounted for 22.7% and
15.1% of total sales.

Cash and Equivalents

         Cash  equivalents  include  demand  deposits  with banks and all highly
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

<PAGE>

Accounts Receivable

         Accounts  receivable  are  presented  net  of an allowance for doubtful
accounts of $237,000,  $265,000,  and  $208,000  at December 31, 1997, 1996, and
1995, respectively.

Investment in Affiliate

         During November and December 1997, the Company purchased 355,000 shares
of NACT  Telecommunications,  Inc.  ("NACT") common stock in the open market for
approximately $5.0 million.

         On  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a stock  purchase
agreement  with GST  Telecommunications,  Inc.  ("GST") and GST USA, Inc.  ("GST
USA"),  a wholly owned  subsidiary of GST, to acquire  5,113,712  shares of NACT
common stock owned by GST USA. On February 27, 1998, the Company  completed this
purchase  increasing its ownership of NACT to  approximately  67.3%. On February
24,  1998,  the Company  executed a  definitive  merger  agreement  with NACT to
acquire the remaining 32.7% of NACT common shares (see "Note N").

Earnings Per Share

         Effective  in  1997,  the  Company   adopted   Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  No. 128 "Earnings per Share".  The  computation  of basic
earnings  per share is based on the  weighted  average  number of common  shares
outstanding  during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per share is
based on the weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding  plus,  when
their effect is dilutive, potential common stock consisting of shares subject to
stock options,  stock warrants and  convertible  notes.  Potential  common stock
shares of 1,465,376,  1,485,562 and 1,224,306 as of December 31, 1997,  1996 and
1995, respectively,  have been included in computing diluted earnings per share.
A total of 994,736,  401,267 and  895,744  shares of common  stock for the years
ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively,  held in escrow  from
certain  acquisitions (see "Note B"), the Company's initial public offering (see
"Note H") and the TCSI license  agreement (see "Note E"), were excluded from the
earnings per share  calculations  because the  conditions  for release of shares
from escrow had not been satisfied.

Reclassifications

         Certain items in the prior year consolidated  financial statements have
been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

NOTE B: ACQUISITIONS

AIT Acquisition

         On May 17, 1995, the Company  entered into an agreement to acquire AIT,
Inc.  ("AIT"),  a Lakeland,  Florida  based  provider  of new and used  Northern
Telecom switching  systems and related circuit boards to the  telecommunications
industry.  On July 11, 1995,  the  transaction  was  completed in its final form
whereby AIT was merged with and into Restor-AIT, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company (the "AIT Merger").  In connection with the AIT Merger,  the sole
stockholder of AIT received  685,970  restricted  shares of the Company's common
stock. These shares had an initial fair value of approximately $1.7 million.

         In July  1995,  the  Company  loaned the sole  stockholder  of AIT $1.3
million in cash in connection with a $2,330,000 interest bearing promissory note
executed as an integral part of the merger agreement  between the two companies.
An  additional  $1,030,000  was to be  loaned  to the  stockholder  as  specific
accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable  and  inventories on AIT's May 17, 1995
balance sheet were collected and/or realized by the Company.  As of December 31,
1996, the Company had loaned an aggregate of $2,319,134 to the stockholder.  The
principal  balance of the note as of December 31, 1996 was  $571,634,  which was
fully collateralized by shares of the Company's common stock pledged by the sole
stockholder.  As a result of this pledge agreement, the note receivable from the
stockholder  was accounted  for as a reduction of  stockholders'  equity.  As of
December 31, 1997, the amounts due from the stockholder were paid in full.

         In addition to the 685,970 shares noted above,  the sole stockholder of
AIT was issued 637,308  restricted  shares of the Company's common stock.  These
shares  were  immediately  placed  into  escrow,  and along with  $2,330,000  in
potential cash payments,  were to be released to the sole stockholder over a two
year period ending August 15, 1997 contingent upon the realization of predefined
levels of gross profit from AIT's  operations  during this same  period.  To the
extent  cash  consideration  was  paid,  the sole  stockholder  was  immediately
required to repay the  equivalent  amount of  borrowings  outstanding  under the
promissory note described above.

         Upon issuance,  the 637,308  escrowed shares were valued by the Company
at par value only,  or $6,373.  As it became  probable that the  conditions  for
release  from  escrow  would be met,  the fair  market  value of the  shares  as
measured at that time,  along with any  contingent  cash  payment  earned,  were
recorded as additional goodwill and stockholders' equity, respectively.

<PAGE>

         As of December  31, 1997,  the Company had released all 637,308  shares
from escrow and paid additional cash  consideration of $2,330,000 based on AIT's
gross  profit  performance.  Based  on  AIT's  pre-tax  income  performance,  an
additional  $3.1 million in purchase  price was paid to the sole  stockholder in
August 1997 in the form of 121,182  restricted  shares of the  Company's  common
stock.  The  net  effect  of  the  above  has  been  to  increase  goodwill  and
stockholder's equity by approximately $8.0 million as of December 31,1997.

         As part of a final purchase price settlement  agreement entered into in
August 1997, the sole stockholder of AIT pledged 280,509 shares of the Company's
common  stock to the  Company to  effectively  guarantee  the  collectiblity  of
certain AIT accounts receivable. During the fourth quarter of 1997 and the first
quarter  of 1998,  these  accounts  receivable  were paid in full  through  cash
proceeds from the sale of these pledged shares.

         The acquisition of AIT has been accounted for using the purchase method
of accounting.  Accordingly,  the results of AIT's operations have been included
in the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements from May 17, 1995, the
effective  date of  acquisition.  The purchase price was allocated to the assets
acquired and liabilities  assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the
date of  acquisition.  The excess of  purchase  price over the fair value of net
assets acquired,  approximately $11.6 million, has been recorded as goodwill and
is being amortized over a 15 year period.

Westec Acquisition

         On October 2, 1995,  the Company  entered  into an agreement to acquire
Westec Communications,  Inc. ("Westec"), a Scottsdale, Arizona based provider of
wireless   systems   and   repair   services   to  the  cable   television   and
telecommunications   industries.  On  October  31,  1995,  the  transaction  was
completed  in  its  final  form   whereby   Westec  was  merged  with  and  into
Restor-Westec,  Inc.,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company  (the "Westec
Merger").   Restor-Westec,   Inc.   subsequently  changed  its  name  to  Westec
Communications,  Inc. In connection with the Westec Merger, the sole stockholder
of Westec  received  $550,000  and 272,050  restricted  shares of the  Company's
common stock. These shares had an initial fair value of approximately $900,000.

         As part of the Westec Merger agreement,  the sole stockholder of Westec
may also  receive  $1.0  million  in  additional  purchase  price  (the  "Westec
Additional  Consideration") contingent upon the realization of predefined levels
of pre-tax income from Westec's  operations during five calendar years beginning
in 1996.  This  additional  consideration  may be  paid,  at the  option  of the
Company,  in the form of cash or restricted shares of the Company's common stock
valued at the then  current  market  prices.  If earned,  the Westec  Additional
Consideration  will be  capitalized  as  additional  goodwill and  stockholders'
equity, respectively.

         In  connection  with the Westec  Merger,  the  Company  entered  into a
Compensation Agreement with Sherman Capital Group L.L.C. ("Sherman"), a merchant
banking  firm  that had a  pre-existing  letter of  intent  to  acquire  Westec.
Pursuant to the Compensation  Agreement,  Sherman  received  $100,000 and 45,000
restricted  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  These shares had an initial
fair value of approximately  $150,000. The compensation paid to Sherman has been
accounted  for as part of the purchase  price of Westec.  In  addition,  200,000
restricted shares of the Company's common stock were placed in escrow and may be
released  to Sherman in  installments  over a four year period on February 15 of
each year  beginning on February 15, 1997,  contingent  upon the  realization of
predefined levels of pre-tax income from Westec's operations. Upon issuance, the
200,000 escrowed shares were valued by the Company at par value only, or $2,000.
As it becomes  probable that the conditions for release from escrow will be met,
the fair market value of the shares as measured at that time will be recorded as
additional goodwill and stockholders' equity.

         The first measurement  period for purposes of releasing escrowed shares
and paying Westec  Additional  Consideration was January 1, 1996 to December 31,
1996.  Westec's pre-tax income for the first  measurement  period failed to meet
the  performance  criteria  required to earn any  additional  consideration.  In
reviewing  Westec's  pre-tax  performance  for the  second  performance  period,
January 1, 1997 to December 31, 1997, the Company  determined  that the earn-out
performance criteria was met. Accordingly, 50,000 escrowed shares were accounted
for as if released to Sherman and  $200,000 of Westec  Additional  Consideration
was  accounted for as if paid to the sole  stockholder  of Westec as of December
31,  1997.  The net  effect of this  accounting  was to  increase  goodwill  and
stockholders  equity by approximately  $1.0 million and $800,000,  respectively.
The escrowed shares were released and Westec  Additional  Consideration was paid
on February 15, 1998.

         The  acquisition  of Westec has been  accounted  for using the purchase
method of accounting.  Accordingly, the results of Westec's operations have been
included in the accompanying  consolidated  financial statements from October 2,
1995, the effective date of acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to the
assets acquired and liabilities  assumed based on their estimated fair values as
of the date of acquisition.  The excess of purchase price over the fair value of
net assets acquired, currently estimated at approximately $2.4 million, has been
recorded as goodwill and is being amortized over a 15 year period.

<PAGE>

Sunrise Acquisition

         In February  1996,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement to acquire
Comtech Sunrise, Inc. ("Sunrise"), a Livermore, California based manufacturer of
multiplexers,  digital loop carriers and other intelligent  transport and access
products. On June 18, 1996, after a mandatory registration process was completed
in the State of  California,  the  transaction  was  completed in its final form
whereby  Sunrise was merged with and into  Restor-Comtech,  Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary  of  the  Company  (the  "Sunrise  Merger").   Restor-Comtech,   Inc.
subsequently  changed its name to Sunrise  Sierra,  Inc. In connection  with the
Sunrise Merger, the stockholders of Sunrise received  approximately  $100,000 in
cash and 385,481  shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  These  shares had an
initial fair value of approximately $2.3 million.

         In addition to the 385,481  shares noted  above,  the  stockholders  of
Sunrise were issued  211,765  restricted  shares of the Company's  common stock.
These shares were immediately placed into escrow, and along with $1.8 million in
additional  purchase  price (the "Sunrise  Additional  Consideration"),  will be
released to the  stockholders  of Sunrise  contingent  upon the  realization  of
predefined  levels of pre-tax  income from  Sunrise's  operations  during  three
one-year periods beginning January 1, 1996. The Sunrise Additional Consideration
may be paid,  at the option of the  Company,  in the form of cash or  restricted
shares of the Company's common stock valued at the then current market prices.

         Upon issuance,  the 211,765  escrowed shares were valued by the Company
at par value only, or $2,118.  As it becomes  probable that the  conditions  for
release from escrow will be met, the fair market value of the shares as measured
at that time, along with any Sunrise Additional  Consideration  earned,  will be
recorded as additional goodwill and stockholders' equity, respectively.

         The first measurement  period for purposes of releasing escrowed shares
and paying Sunrise Additional  Consideration was January 1, 1996 to December 31,
1996. In reviewing Sunrise's pre-tax income performance,  the Company determined
that the earn-out  performance  criteria was met.  Accordingly,  58,823 escrowed
shares were  accounted  for as if released  and  $500,000 of Sunrise  Additional
Consideration  was  accounted  for as if paid (in the form of 58,118  restricted
shares of Company  common stock) as of December 31, 1996. The net effect of this
accounting was to increase  goodwill and  stockholders'  equity by approximately
$700,000. The escrowed shares were released and additional shares were issued on
February 15, 1997. The second measurement period was January 1, 1997 to December
31, 1997.  Sunrise's  pre-tax  income  failed to meet the  performance  criteria
required to earn any additional consideration for that period.

         The  acquisition  of Sunrise has been  accounted for using the purchase
method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of Sunrise's operations have been
included in the accompanying  consolidated  financial statements from January 1,
1996, the effective  date of acquisition as defined in the definitive  agreement
and plan of merger.  The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities  assumed  based on their  estimated  fair  values  as of the date of
acquisition.  The  excess of  purchase  price  over the fair value of net assets
acquired,  currently estimated at approximately $2.3 million,  has been recorded
as goodwill and is being amortized over a 15 year period.

CIS Acquisition

         On March 11,  1997,  the Company  entered  into an agreement to acquire
Cellular  Infrastructure  Supply,  Inc.  ("CIS"),  a Burr Ridge,  Illinois based
provider of new and/or upgraded  equipment and related design,  installation and
technical  support  services  to  cellular,   PCS  and  other  wireless  service
providers.  On March 27, 1997, the  transaction  was completed in its final form
whereby  CIS was merged  with and into CIS  Acquisition  Corp.,  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company (the "CIS Merger"). CIS Acquisition Corp. subsequently
changed its name to Cellular  Infrastructure Supply, Inc. In connection with the
CIS Merger,  the three  stockholders  of CIS  received  $3.5 million in cash and
440,874  restricted  shares of the Company's  common stock.  These shares had an
initial fair value of approximately $2.6 million.

         In addition to the 440,874 shares noted above,  the stockholders of CIS
were issued  845,010  restricted  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  These
shares were  immediately  placed  into  escrow,  and along with $6.5  million in
additional purchase price (the "CIS Additional Consideration"), will be released
and  paid  to the  stockholders  of  CIS  contingent  upon  the  realization  of
predefined  levels of pre-tax income from CIS's operations during three one-year
periods beginning January 1, 1997.

         Upon issuance,  the 845,010  escrowed shares were valued by the Company
at par value only, or $8,450.  Once conditions for release from escrow have been
met,  the fair market  value of the shares as measured at that time,  along with
any CIS Additional Consideration earned, will be recorded as additional goodwill
and stockholders' equity, respectively.

<PAGE>

         The first measurement  period for purposes of releasing escrowed shares
and paying CIS  Additional  Consideration  was January 1, 1997 to  December  31,
1997. In reviewing  CIS's pre-tax  income  performance as of April 30, 1997, the
Company  determined  that it was highly probable that the conditions for release
and payment for the first period  would be met.  Accordingly,  317,427  escrowed
shares were  accounted  for as if released  and $3.5  million of CIS  Additional
Consideration  was accounted for as if paid as of April 30, 1997. The net effect
of  this  accounting  was to  increase  goodwill  and  stockholders'  equity  by
approximately $6.5 million and $3.0 million, respectively, as of April 30, 1997.
These escrowed shares were released and CIS Additional Consideration was paid to
the former  stockholders  of CIS on February 15,  1998.  The $3.5 million of CIS
Additional  Consideration  earned is included in Purchase  price  payable on the
Company's December 31, 1997 balance sheet.

         The acquisition of CIS has been accounted for using the purchase method
of accounting.  Accordingly,  the results of CIS's operations have been included
in the accompanying  consolidated financial statements from January 1, 1997, the
effective date of acquisition as defined in the definitive agreement and plan of
merger.  The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  The
excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets  acquired,  currently
estimated at approximately  $12.5 million,  has been recorded as goodwill and is
being amortized over a 15 year period.

Galaxy Acquisition

         On July 29,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a letter  of  intent to
acquire Galaxy Personal Communications  Services,  Inc. ("Galaxy"),  a Norcross,
Georgia based provider of system design, implementation,  optimization and other
value-added radio engineering and consulting services to PCS, cellular and other
wireless   telecommunications   service  providers.   On  August  26,1997,   the
transaction  was completed in its final form whereby  Galaxy was merged with and
into Galaxy  Acquisition  Corp., a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company (the
"Galaxy  Merger").  Galaxy  Acquisition Corp.  subsequently  changed its name to
Galaxy  Personal  Communications  Services,  Inc. In connection  with the Galaxy
Merger, the former stockholders of Galaxy received approximately $1.2 million in
cash and 262,203  restricted shares of the Company's common stock.  These shares
had an initial fair value of approximately $4.2 million.

         In  addition to the  262,203  shares  noted  above,  the former  Galaxy
stockholders  were issued  131,101  restricted  shares of the  Company's  common
stock.  These shares were  immediately  placed into escrow,  and along with $3.5
million in additional  consideration  (the "Galaxy  Additional  Consideration"),
will be released and paid to the former  stockholders of Galaxy  contingent upon
the realization of predefined levels of pre-tax income from Galaxy's  operations
during four measurement  periods between July 1, 1997 and December 31, 2000. The
Galaxy Additional  Consideration  may be paid, at the option of the Company,  in
the form of cash or restricted  shares of the  Company's  common stock valued at
the then current market prices.

         Upon issuance,  the 131,101  escrowed shares were valued by the Company
at par value only, or $1,311.  Once conditions for release from escrow have been
met,  the fair market  value of the shares as measured at that time,  along with
any Galaxy  Additional  Consideration  earned,  will be recorded  as  additional
goodwill and stockholders' equity, respectively.

         The first measurement  period for purposes of releasing escrowed shares
and paying  Galaxy  Additional  Consideration  was July 1, 1997 to December  31,
1997. In reviewing Galaxy's pre-tax income  performance,  the Company determined
that earn-out performance criteria was met. Accordingly,  15,215 escrowed shares
were   accounted   for  as  if  released  and  $400,000  of  Galaxy   Additional
Consideration  (in the form of 14,901 restricted shares of Company common stock)
were  accounted  for as if paid as of December 31, 1997.  The net effect of this
accounting was to increase  goodwill and  stockholders'  equity by approximately
$500,000 as of December  31,  1997.  These  escrowed  shares were  released  and
additional  shares were issued to the former  stockholders of Galaxy on February
15, 1998.

         The  acquisition  of Galaxy has been  accounted  for using the purchase
method of accounting.  Accordingly, the results of Galaxy's operations have been
included in the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  from July 1,
1997, the effective  date of acquisition as defined in the definitive  agreement
and plan of merger.  The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities  assumed  based on their  estimated  fair  values  as of the date of
acquisition.  The  excess of  purchase  price  over the fair value of net assets
acquired,  currently estimated at approximately $5.1 million,  has been recorded
as goodwill and is being amortized over a 15 year period.


<PAGE>

Pro Forma Results of Operations

         On a pro forma,  unaudited basis, as if the acquisitions of AIT, Westec
and Sunrise had occurred as of January 1, 1995, total sales,  operating  income,
net income and diluted net income per common  share for the year ended  December
31, 1995 would have been approximately $38,100,000,  $2,200,000,  $1,800,000 and
$0.17, respectively.

         On a pro  forma,  unaudited  basis,  as if the  acquisition  of CIS had
occurred as of January 1, 1996, total sales,  operating  income,  net income and
net income per diluted  common share for the year ended  December 31, 1996 would
have  been  approximately  $63,810,000,   $10,680,000,  $8,520,000,  and  $0.57,
respectively. The results of operations for Galaxy during 1996 and the first six
months of 1997 were not material and therefore are not included in the pro forma
disclosure.

         These  unaudited pro forma  results have been prepared for  comparative
purposes  only and are not  necessarily  indicative of the results of operations
which would  actually have occurred had the  acquisitions  been in effect on the
dates indicated.

NOTE C: INVENTORIES

         Inventories  are  stated at the  lower of cost or market as  determined
primarily on a first-in,  first-out basis. To address  potentially  obsolete and
slow moving  inventories and related market valuation  adjustments,  the Company
charged to  operations  for the years ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995
approximately $773,000, $197,000 and $162,000, respectively.

         Inventories consist of the following:

                                                       Dec. 31,       Dec. 31,
                                                         1997           1996
                                                      -----------    -----------
         Switching systems, frames and related
           circuit boards                             $13,445,770    $ 6,902,886
         Electronic components                          4,879,213      2,539,497
         Pay telephone parts                            1,332,835        494,315
         Work in progress                               1,744,368        437,926
         Other finished goods                           1,024,732        282,788
                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                      $22,426,918    $10,657,412
                                                      ===========    ===========


         The switching  systems,  frames and related  circuit board inventory at
December 31, 1997  includes  approximately  $3.8 million of consigned  inventory
held at Resurgens Communications Group (see "Note M").

NOTE D: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

         Property and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation
as  computed  using  the  straight-line  method.   Leasehold   improvements  are
depreciated over their remaining estimated lease term. Estimated lives for other
depreciable assets range from three to eight years. Depreciation expense for the
years ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995 was  $1,040,000,  $829,000  and
$690,000, respectively.

         Property and equipment consist of the following:

                                                        Dec. 31,      Dec. 31,
                                                         1997           1996
                                                     -----------    -----------

         Leasehold improvements                      $   915,258    $   686,683
         Manufacturing assembly and test equipment     9,865,060      6,463,996
         Office furniture and equipment                1,739,870      1,328,730
         Vehicles                                        129,498         84,975
                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                      12,649,686      8,564,384
         Accumulated depreciation                     (6,945,101)    (5,906,723)
                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                     $ 5,704,585    $ 2,657,661
                                                     ===========    ===========

         The Company leases various  facilities  and equipment  under  operating
leases.  As of December 31, 1997,  future minimum  payments under  noncancelable
operating  leases  with  initial  or  remaining  terms of more than one year are
approximately: 1998--$750,000,  1999--$545,000,  2000--$322,000; 2001--$300,000;
and 2002--$58,000.

         Total  rental  expense  under  operating  leases  for the  years  ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 was  approximately  $1,732,000,  $1,327,000 and
$670,000,  respectively,  exclusive  of  property  taxes,  insurance  and  other
occupancy costs generally payable by the Company.

<PAGE>

NOTE E: TECHNOLOGY LICENSES

         In March 1996, the Company  entered into a memorandum of  understanding
with   International   Communication   Technologies,   Inc.  ("ICT")  and  Eagle
Telephonics,  Inc.  ("Eagle")  to  manufacture,  market and sell a new  modular,
digital  central  office  switch  developed by Eagle.  In July 1996, a long-term
technology   licensing   agreement  was  executed  by  all  three  parties.   As
consideration  for this  license,  the Company  paid Eagle  $250,000 in cash and
provided it $450,000 of manufacturing services. The license fees paid Eagle will
be  amortized to expense in  connection  with the first  300,000  lines of phone
service provided for within the switches sold by the Company, i.e. approximately
$2.50 per line. In addition to the up-front consideration, the Company agreed to
pay ICT certain  royalties  based on future  sales of the switch by the Company.
During 1997, the Company expensed license
fees and  royalties  of  approximately  $200,000 in  connection  with lines sold
during the year. In connection with this license and the up-front  consideration
paid, the Company received 1.2 million  restricted shares of Eagle common stock.
The fair value of these shares was not material as of December 31, 1997.

         In December 1996, the Company executed a technology licensing agreement
with TCSI  Corporation  ("TCSI") that grants the Company the perpetual rights to
incorporate  TCSI's spread spectrum Code Division Multiple Access ("CDMA") based
wireless technology into the Company's products sold throughout the world. Under
the  terms  of the  agreement,  the  Company  also  has  the  rights  to use the
technology  covered by seven TCSI  patents,  all of which  address  digital data
signals and wireless  communication  systems.  As total  consideration  for this
license,  TCSI was paid $50,000 in cash and 25,000 shares of restricted  Company
common stock. These shares had an initial fair value of approximately  $150,000.
In addition to the 25,000  shares noted above,  TCSI was issued 25,000 shares of
restricted  common stock.  These shares were immediately  placed into escrow and
will be  released to TCSI upon the  earlier of the first  commercial  use of the
technology by the Company or the expiration of the two year period from the date
the license was executed.  As of December 31, 1997, no escrowed  shares had been
released to TCSI.

NOTE  F:  GOODWILL

         Goodwill from  acquisitions,  representing the excess of purchase price
paid over the value of net assets acquired, is as follows:

                                        Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,
                                          1997            1996
                                      -----------     -----------
         CIS                          $12,485,239     $   ---
         AIT                           11,557,917       6,403,187
         Galaxy                         5,089,265         ---
         Westec                         2,364,660       1,329,035
         Sunrise                        2,284,500       2,159,500
         Other                            384,902         384,902
                                      -----------     -----------
                                       34,166,483      10,276,624
         Accumulated amortization      (2,506,282)       (750,484)
                                      -----------     -----------
                                      $31,660,201     $ 9,526,140
                                      ===========     ===========

         Goodwill is being  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a 15 year
period.  The  Company  reviews the net  carrying  value of goodwill on a regular
basis, and if deemed necessary,  charges are recorded against current operations
for any  impairment  in the value of these  assets.  No  significant  impairment
charges  have been  recorded to date.  Goodwill  is removed  from the books when
fully amortized.

NOTE G: DEBT

Summary

         The Company had no debt outstanding as of December 31, 1996. Debt as of
December 31,  1997 consists of the following:

                                                           Dec. 31,
                                                             1997


         Convertible subordinated notes                  $115,000,000
         Capital lease obligations and other debt             345,723
                                                         ------------
         Total debt                                       115,345,723
         Amount due within one year                           (81,739)
                                                         ------------
         Long-term debt                                  $115,263,984
                                                         ============

         Interest paid for the years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995 was
$57,000,  $352,000 and $507,000, respectively.

<PAGE>

Convertible Subordinated Notes

         On  October 1, 1997,  the  Company  sold  $100.0  million in  aggregate
principal amount of convertible subordinated notes (the "Notes") under Rule 144A
of the  Securities  Act of 1933. The Notes bear interest at the rate of 4.5% per
annum,  are convertible  into Company common stock at an initial price of $37.03
per share and mature on October  1,  2002.  Interest  on the Notes is payable on
April 1 and October 1 of each year,  commencing on April 1, 1998.  The Notes are
general  unsecured  obligations  of the Company and are  subordinate in right of
payment to all  existing and senior  indebtedness.  The Company  received  $97.0
million  from  the sale of the  Notes,  after  the  application  of the  initial
purchasers' discount fees of $3.0 million.

         In addition to the Notes sold on October 1, 1997,  the Company  granted
the initial  purchasers an option to purchase up to an additional  $15.0 million
in Notes to cover  over-allotments.  On October 28, 1997, the initial purchasers
exercised  the  over-allotment  option  in full  and  the  Company  received  an
additional  $14,550,000,  after  the  application  of  the  initial  purchasers'
discount fees of $450,000.

         The discount fees and legal,  accounting,  printing and other  expenses
(the  "Debt  issuance  costs")  related  to  the  Notes  offering   amounted  to
approximately  $4.0  million,  and are being  amortized to expense over the five
year term of the  Notes.  During  1997,  the  Company  recognized  approximately
$200,000 of debt issuance cost amortization  related to the Notes. Debt issuance
costs  of  approximately  $3.8  million  are  included  in Other  assets  on the
Company's December 31, 1997 balance sheet.

Bank Debt

         In December  1996,  the Company's  agreement with a large European bank
was amended to increase its revolving line of credit to $10 million.  Borrowings
under the line are  secured by a first lien on  substantially  all the assets of
the Company. The bank agreement,  which expires in March 2001, contains standard
lending  covenants  including  financial  ratios,  restrictions on dividends and
limitations on additional debt and the  disposition of Company assets.  Interest
is paid at the rate of prime plus 1 1/4% or LIBOR plus 2 1/2%,  at the option of
the Company.

         Prior to 1996, the Company's  principal  source of debt financing since
May 1992 has been with this European bank. In connection  with operating  losses
experienced by the Company,  restructuring  programs  implemented by the Company
and  violations  of  financial  covenants  established  by the  bank,  the  bank
agreement was amended  several times during 1992 through 1994 to defer principal
payments and restructure financial covenants.  In consideration for the original
credit facility and the significant concessions provided during this period, the
bank received  warrants to purchase 360,000 shares of the Company's common stock
at its then current market price of $1.25 per share.

         In July 1995, the Company received a new  $2 million  revolving line of
credit from the bank.  In  consideration  for the line of  credit  and a reduced
interest  rate, the Company paid the bank a $30,000  origination  fee and issued
the bank warrants to purchase  100,000  shares of the Company's  common stock at
its then  current  market  price of $3.82 per share on or prior to  October  31,
1999.  In October  1995,  the bank paid the Company  $832,000  to  exercise  all
460,000 warrants (see "Note I").

         In October 1996, in connection with a secondary  public equity offering
completed by the Company,  the Company paid the bank $3.9 million to pay off the
outstanding principal balance on its term loan.

NOTE H: STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

         During  September and October 1996,  3,487,500 shares of Company common
stock were sold in a  secondary  public  offering at a price of $8.00 per share.
The  Company  received  $26,156,250  from  this  offering,  net of  underwriting
discounts. The Company incurred additional expenses of approximately $825,000 in
connection with this offering.

         During June and July 1995, 1,168,000 restricted shares of the Company's
common  stock  were sold in a private  placement  for a gross  consideration  of
$2,920,000, or its then current market price of $2.50 per share. Participants in
the  offering  also  received  warrants  to  purchase  a total of  1,168,000  of
additional  shares of restricted  common stock at $3.50 per share on or prior to
June 30,  2000.  Approximately  $275,000 of the  offering  was  purchased by the
directors and management of the Company. In October 1995,  stockholders paid the
Company  approximately  $4.1 million to exercise all warrants issued as a result
of the private offering (see "Note I").

         In connection  with the  Company's  initial  public  offering in August
1991, all of the existing holders of the Company's common stock placed in escrow
an aggregate of 672,419 shares of the Company's  common stock.  As of August 12,
1996, the termination date of the escrow  agreement,  the conditions for release
of the shares had not been met.  Accordingly,  the  672,419  escrowed  shares of
Company  common  stock were  returned to the Company and became  authorized  but
unissued shares.

<PAGE>

NOTE I: STOCK WARRANTS AND OPTIONS

Stock Warrants

         In  connection  with various  financial  transactions  completed by the
Company during 1992 to 1995, equity investors (see "Note H"), debtors (see "Note
G") and  certain  consultants  were issued  warrants  to purchase  shares of the
Company's common stock in the future.  All of these warrants had exercise prices
that were set at or above the then current market price of the Company's  common
stock at the respective dates of grant.

         In October 1995, the Company raised  approximately  $6.5 million of new
capital  through the exercise of previously  issued  warrants and  non-qualified
options to purchase  2,433,853 shares of the Company's common stock. Of the $6.5
million  raised,  approximately  $1.6  million was  invested  by the  directors,
management and the principal lender of the Company. In exercising their warrants
or options,  investors had the option of paying cash or executing an 8% interest
bearing  note payable to the  Company.  Approximately  $2.4 million of the total
proceeds was paid in cash and $4.1 million through notes. The notes were paid in
full by March 29, 1996.

                             
As of December 31, 1997, there were no warrants  outstanding to purchase Company
common stock except for the Director
warrant plans discussed below.

Director Warrant Plans

         In  December  1994,  in an effort to  attract  and  retain  experienced
executives to serve as outside directors for the Company, the Company's Board of
Directors adopted an Outside Directors' Warrant Plan (the "Plan").

         In December  1994,  three new  outside  directors  of the Company  were
awarded a total of 450,000 warrants. Each director received 150,000 warrants and
each warrant entitles the director to purchase one share of the Company's common
stock on or prior to December 15, 1999 per the following terms:


                           Exercise
         Warrants            Price              Vesting

         50,000              $1.50         December 15, 1995
         50,000               2.25         December 15, 1995
         50,000               4.00         December 15, 1996

         Concurrent  with the above initial grant, a fourth outside  director of
the Company was awarded 126,000  warrants.  The terms of this grant were exactly
as those  described  above  except the number of warrants at the $1.50  exercise
price was set at 26,000 instead of 50,000.

         During 1997, outside directors paid the Company approximately  $900,000
to exercise  358,660  warrants.  As of December 31, 1997,  217,340  warrants are
exercisable by the Company's outside directors under the Plan.

         In December  1994, the Company's  Board of Directors  awarded Steven A.
Odom, who joined the Board in October 1994 and became Chairman in November 1994,
an initial grant of 450,000  warrants under the Plan. Each warrant  entitles Mr.
Odom to purchase one share of the Company's common stock on or prior to December
15, 1999 per the following terms:

                           Exercise
         Warrants            Price              Vesting

         150,000             $1.50         December 15, 1995
         150,000              2.25         December 15, 1995
         150,000              4.00         December 15, 1996

         In August 1997, Mr. Odom paid the Company  $225,000 to exercise 150,000
warrants at $1.50. As of December 31, 1997, 300,000 warrants  are exercisable by
Mr. Odom under the Plan.

         In  December  1994,  the  Board  also  adopted  the  Directors  Warrant
Incentive  Plan,  pursuant to which the Board,  beginning in 1997,  may grant to
each  director on an annual  basis  warrants to purchase up to 50,000  shares of
Company  common stock at an exercise  price per share equal to no less than 110%
of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant.  Warrants may
only be issued under this plan if the Company's  common stock has appreciated by
a  compounded  annual  average  rate of in  excess  of 35% for  the  four  years
preceding the year of grant.  In March 1997,  the four outside  directors of the
Company were each granted  warrants to purchase  50,000 shares of Company common
stock at $9.21 per share.  These  warrants  became  fully vested on December 31,
1997.

<PAGE>

         The vesting of all warrants awarded pursuant to the plans above will be
subject to the director to whom such  warrants  have been  granted  attending at
least 75% of the meetings of the Board of  Directors  for the year in which such
warrants are scheduled to vest. Notwithstanding this limitation, the warrants to
be awarded pursuant to the plans will become immediately  exercisable (i) if the
Company is to be  consolidated  with or acquired by another  entity in a merger,
(ii) upon the sale of  substantially  all of the Company's assets or the sale of
at least 90% of the  outstanding  common  stock of the Company to a third party,
(iii) upon the merger or  consolidation  of the  Company  with or into any other
corporation or the merger or  consolidation  of any corporation with or into the
Company  (in which  consolidation  or merger  the  shareholders  of the  Company
receive  distributions of cash or securities as a result thereof),  or (iv) upon
the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Stock Option Plans

         In 1991, the Company's  stockholders adopted the 1991 Stock Option Plan
(the "1991 Plan"). The 1991 Plan, as amended, provided for the granting of up to
3,500,000 options. As of December 31, 1997, no options were available for future
grant under the 1991 plan.

         In December  1997,  the  Company's  Board of Directors  authorized  the
adoption of the 1998  Incentive  Compensation  Plan (the "1998 Plan").  The 1998
Plan, which is subject to shareholder approval,  provides for the granting of up
to 5,000,000  options.  As of December 31, 1997,  there were  4,025,000  options
available for future grant under the 1998 Plan.

         These  plans  allow the Board of  Directors  to grant  incentive  stock
options to purchase the  Company's  common  stock at an exercise  price not less
than fair market value as of the grant date. Options issued under
these plans  typically vest over a four year period.  Options  awarded under the
1991  Plan  and the 1998  Plan are  subject  to the  same  vesting  acceleration
provisions described above under the Director warrant plans.

         The following table summarizes the activity relating to both plans:

                                             Number         Average
                                           of Options        Price


Balance at January 1, 1995                  765,857         $  1.70
Options granted                           1,246,327            5.62
Options exercised                          (167,400)           1.86
Options lapsed or canceled                 (162,955)           1.93
                                          ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995              1,681,829            4.57

Options granted                             883,269            8.03
Options exercised                          (170,030)           1.47
Options lapsed or canceled                  (67,940)           5.38
                                          ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996              2,327,128            6.08

Options granted                           1,955,500           16.95
Options exercised                          (647,700)           5.77
Options lapsed or canceled                  (80,440)           7.23
                                          ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997              3,554,488           12.14
                                          =========

Exercisable at December 31, 1997          1,101,800            7.64
                                          =========

         The options  outstanding at December 31, 1997 have been segregated into
four price ranges for additional disclosure as follows:

                           Weighted-
                           Options          Weighted-Average          Average
  Range of               Outstanding           Remaining              Exercise
Exercise Prices          at 12/31/97        Contractual Life           Prices

$ 2.25                       78,863               1.9                  $ 1.88
  3.78-3.97                 414,500               2.7                    3.79
  7.00-9.75               1,624,125               3.7                    8.01
 19.00-25.25              1,437,000               5.0                   19.78


<PAGE>

         In December  1995,  the Company  offered a voluntary  salary  reduction
program  for 1996 that  resulted  in the grant of  424,627  non-qualified  stock
options at the then current market price of $7.00 per share.  Salaried employees
voluntarily agreed to reduce their salaries by $849,254, i.e. $2 in exchange for
each stock  option  granted.  The options  vested based upon the  attainment  of
specific  financial and operational  objectives  during the year. As of December
31, 1996, these options had become fully vested.

         In  December  1996,  the  Company  offered a similar  voluntary  salary
reduction  program for 1997 that resulted in the grant of 413,019  non-qualified
options at the then current market price of $8.00 per share.  Salaried employees
voluntarily agreed to reduce their salaries by $826,038,  i.e. $2 in exchange of
each stock option granted.  The options vested based upon the Company  achieving
key operational  objectives during the year including 25% internal sales growth,
improved inventory  turnover and specific  enhancements to the Company's quality
and information  systems designed to facilitate growth. As of December 31, 1997,
these options had become fully vested.

         An additional  element of the 1996 and 1997 voluntary  salary reduction
programs  provided for the  potential  repayment of salaries if certain  pre-tax
income  amounts  are  realized by the  Company.  Full  repayment  was earned and
recorded to expense in 1996 and a 30% partial  repayment was earned and recorded
to expense in 1997.

         In  August  1995,  the  Company  granted  its new  President  and Chief
Operating  Officer 400,000  options at $3.78 per share,  the market price of the
Company's  common stock on the date his offer of employment was accepted.  These
options vest 25% on each of the first four  anniversaries  from the initial date
of employment.

         In December 1995, the Company  granted its Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer and its Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer  200,000 and 50,000
options,  respectively, at the then market price of $7.00 per share. The 200,000
options vested 50% on the first two  anniversaries  from the date of grant.  The
50,000 options vested 25%  immediately and the remaining 25% on each of the next
three anniversaries from the date of grant.

         In December 1997, the Company made an initial grant of 975,000  options
under  the 1998  Plan to its  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (400,000
options),  President and Chief Operating  Officer (300,000  options),  Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer (250,000 options) and Executive Vice
President of Business  Development  (25,000 options).  These options vest 25% on
each of the first four  anniversaries from the date of grant and are exercisable
at $19.00 per share,  the market price at the date of grant,  and are subject to
stockholder  approval.  Upon approval by the shareholders,  the date of approval
will become the measurement date for purposes of computing compensation expense,
if any. If the stock price as of the measurement  date exceeds $19.00,  then the
total  compensation  impact will be the  difference  between  stock price at the
measurement date and $19.00. The Company will record that expense ratably over a
period of four years.

Pro Forma Results of Operations

         The Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for
Stock Issued to Employees,"  and related  Interpretations  in accounting for its
employee stock options.  Therefore,  no  compensation  cost has been  recognized
related to stock  options.  If the  company had elected to account for its stock
options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation",  the  Company's  net income and net income per common share would
have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                        1997           1996            1995
                                   ------------     -----------     -----------
         Net Income
              As reported          $ 13,134,103     $ 6,778,542     $ 1,172,443
              Pro forma              11,380,000       6,100,000         980,000

         Basic EPS
              As reported                  0.76            0.52            0.15
              Pro forma                    0.66            0.47            0.12

         Diluted EPS
              As reported                  0.70            0.46            0.12
              Pro forma                    0.61            0.42            0.11

         The  Black-Scholes  option  valuation  model was  developed  for use in
estimating  the fair value of traded  options that have no vesting  restrictions
and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  valuation models require the
input of highly  subjective  assumptions,  including  the  expected  stock price
volatility.  Since the Company's  employee  stock  options have  characteristics
significantly  different  from  those  of  traded  options  and  changes  in the
subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate,  the
existing models, in management's  opinion, do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of the Company's employee stock options.

<PAGE>

         The fair value of each option has been  estimated  on the date of grant
using a Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for grants in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively:

                                           1997        1996        1995
                                           ----        ----        ----

         Dividend Yield                     n/a         n/a         n/a
         Expected volatility                 44          50          50
         Risk-free interest rate            5.5         5.1         6.0
         Expected life of stock
           options (in years)               4.5         3.0         4.0

NOTE J: RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

         The  Company  has  a  retirement   savings   401(k)  plan  that  covers
substantially all employees.  The plan provides for the employees to voluntarily
contribute a portion of their  compensation  on a tax deferred  basis and allows
for the Company to make  discretionary  matching  contributions as determined by
the Board of Directors.  For the years ended  December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,
the  Company   contributed   approximately   $109,000,   $42,000  and   $19,000,
respectively,  in the form of Company common stock to the Plan. In 1997, Company
contributions  were based on a 50% match to  employee  contributions,  up to the
first six percent contributed.

NOTE K: INCOME TAXES

         The  Company  uses the  asset  and  liability  approach  for  financial
accounting  and reporting for income  taxes.  Certain  expenses are reported for
financial accounting purposes in different periods than for income tax purposes.
These  temporary  differences  arise  primarily  from  depreciation,   bad  debt
reserves, inventory valuation and various reserves.

         The  provision  for income taxes for the years ended  December 31, 1997
and 1996 was computed in accordance  with SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes" and consists of the following:

                                  Year Ended           Year Ended
                                    Dec. 31,             Dec. 31
                                     1997                 1996
                                 -----------          -----------
Current income taxes
  Federal                        $ 5,362,500          $ 1,009,003
  State                              613,000              189,188
                                 -----------          -----------
                                   5,975,500            1,198,191
                                 -----------          -----------
Deferred income taxes
  Federal                          1,400,500             (405,425)
  State                              160,000              (47,697)
                                 -----------          -----------
                                   1,560,500             (453,122)
                                 -----------          -----------
Total income taxes               $ 7,536,000          $   745,069
                                 ===========          ===========

         As of December 31, 1997, the Company has capital loss  carryforwards of
approximately $1.2 million expiring in 1998.

         As a  result  of the  exercises  of  non-qualified  stock  options  and
warrants by the Company's  directors and employees  during 1997, the Company has
realized a federal income tax benefit of  approximately  $6.7 million.  This tax
benefit has been accounted for as a decrease in current income taxes payable and
an increase in capital in excess of par value.

         The  provision  for income taxes  differs  from the amount  computed by
applying the  statutory  federal  income tax rate to income before income taxes.
The sources and tax effects of the differences are as follows:

                                               Year Ended         Year Ended
                                              Dec. 31, 1997      Dec. 31, 1996
                                            -----------------  -----------------

Federal tax at statutory rate               $7,210,000  35.0%  $2,558,028  34.0%
Effect of:
  State tax, net of federal benefit            825,000   4.0      373,041   5.0
  Nondeductible purchase
    adjustments                                575,000   2.8      190,000   2.5
  Reduction in valuation allowance,
    utilization of net operating loss
    carryforwards and reduction of reserves (1,074,000) (5.3)  (2,376,000)(31.6)
                                           ------------ -----  ----------- -----
   Income tax expense                      $ 7,536,000  36.5%  $  745,069   9.9%
                                           ============ =====  =========== =====

<PAGE>

         Significant  components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are as follows:

                                                Dec. 31,           Dec. 31,
                                                  1997               1996
                                              -----------        -----------

Deferred tax assets
  Accrued liabilities                         $   978,594        $   793,809
  Net operating loss carryforwards                  ---            1,519,658
  Capital loss carryforwards                      493,071            480,428
  Other                                           455,001            314,646
                                              -----------        -----------
                                                1,926,666          3,108,541
Deferred tax liabilities
  Depreciation/amortization                      (496,147)          (406,481)
   Other                                         (182,367)             ---
Valuation allowance                              (493,071)          (480,428)
                                              -----------        -----------
Net deferred tax assets                       $   755,081        $ 2,221,632
                                              ===========        ===========

         The valuation  allowance relates to capital losses whose use is limited
to capital gains the Company would record. These losses will expire during 1998,
and  currently  there  are no  foreseeable  events  which  would  allow  for the
utilization of the losses.

NOTE L: SPECIAL CHARGES

         In the second quarter of 1995, the Company  recorded a one-time special
charge of $980,000 for the following items:

         Write-down of test equipment and related tooling      $675,000
         Consolidation of repair operations                      95,000
         Retirement benefits and relocation costs               150,000
         Other                                                   60,000
                                                               --------
                                                               $980,000
                                                               ========

         As a result of the  significant  decline in analog circuit board repair
revenues  experienced  by the Company in recent  years,  the shift in  strategic
focus to new digital  repair  services  and  programs  offered by the Company in
1995,  the  acquisition  of AIT and other  market  considerations,  the  Company
elected to consolidate  certain operations and significantly  write-down the net
book  value of  certain  assets  related  to  repair  operations.  These  assets
primarily  represent test equipment,  tooling,  dies and diagnostic programs for
the repair of analog  telecommunications  equipment.  All of these  assets  were
capitalized in 1988 to 1990 in connection with acquisitions made by the Company.

NOTE M: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

         In October 1997, John D. Phillips,  a director of the Company,  entered
into a series of  agreements  whereby,  among  other  things,  he became the new
Chairman  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of Cherry  Communications  Incorporated
(d/b/a  Resurgens   Communications  Group)  ("Resurgens"),   a  facilities-based
provider of  international  network access  commonly  referred to as a carriers'
carrier.  Resurgens was shortly  thereafter placed into bankruptcy under Chapter
11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. WorldCom,  Inc.  ("WorldCom"),  a major
customer and vendor of Resurgens,  has subsequently  agreed to provide Resurgens
up to $28 million in  financing in the form of a debtor in  possession  facility
and other credits.

         During  the fourth  quarter  of  1997,  the Company  shipped  switching
equipment  to  Resurgens.  The cost of this  equipment  was  approximately  $3.8
million.  On  February  12,  1998,  the  Company  executed a letter of intent to
acquire  Resurgens.  The  equipment  shipped to  Resurgens  is  included  in the
Company's inventory at December 31, 1997 (see "Note C").

         The  Resurgens  acquisition  is subject  to,  among other  things,  the
satisfactory  completion  by the Company of its due diligence  investigation  of
Resurgens,  the preparation and execution of a definitive merger agreement,  the
receipt of the requisite corporate and regulatory approvals and the confirmation
of Resurgens' Plan of Reorganization.

<PAGE>

NOTE N: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

ATI Acquisition

         On December 24, 1997, the Company  entered into an agreement to acquire
Advanced TechCom,  Inc. ("ATI"), a Wilmington,  Massachusetts based designer and
manufacturer of digital microwave and millimeterwave radio systems for short and
long haul voice,  data and/or  video  applications.  On January  29,  1998,  the
transaction was completed in its final form whereby ATI was merged with and into
CIS, a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company (the "ATI Merger"). In connection
with the ATI Merger, the stockholders of ATI received  approximately $300,000 in
cash and 418,054  restricted shares of the Company's common stock.  These shares
had an initial fair value of approximately $8.0 million.

         In addition to the 418,054 shares noted above,  the stockholders of ATI
were issued  209,050  restricted  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  These
shares  were  immediately  placed  into  escrow  and  will  be  released  to the
stockholders  of ATI contingent  upon the  realization  of predefined  levels of
pre-tax net income from ATI's operations during calendar years 1998 and 1999.

         In December 1997, the Company  loaned ATI  approximately  $4.5 million.
The note  receivable  from ATI is  included  in Other  assets  on the  Company's
balance sheet at December 31, 1997.

NACT Acquisition

         In the  fourth  quarter  of  1997,  the  Company  began a  three  phase
acquisition  of NACT.  NACT,  based in Provo  Utah,  is a leading  single-source
provider of advanced  telecommunications  switching  platforms  with  integrated
telephony software applications and network telemanagement capabilities.

         During November and December 1997, the Company purchased 355,000 shares
of NACT common  stock in the open market for  approximately  $5.0  million  (see
"Note A").

         On  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a stock  purchase
agreement with GST and GST USA to acquire  5,113,712 shares of NACT common stock
owned by GST USA,  representing  approximately 63% of the outstanding  shares of
NACT (the  "Acquisition").  On February 27, 1998, the  Acquisition was completed
with GST USA receiving $59.7 million in cash and 1,429,907  restricted shares of
the  Company's  common  stock.  These  shares  had  an  initial  fair  value  of
approximately $23.0 million.

         On February 24, 1998 the Company  entered into a merger  agreement with
NACT  pursuant to which the Company  agreed to acquire all of the shares of NACT
common stock not already owned by the Company or GST USA.  Pursuant to the terms
of the merger agreement,  each share of NACT common stock will be converted into
shares of Company  common  stock having a value of $17.50 per share based on the
average  of the  daily  closing  price of  Company  common  stock on the  Nasdaq
National  Market for a  pre-defined  period prior to the closing  (the  "Closing
Price"), provided that if the Closing Price is more than $25.52, then each share
of NACT common  stock will be  converted  into 0.6857  shares of Company  common
stock.  If the Closing Price is less than $20.88,  then the Company may elect to
terminate  the  agreement.  The merger is subject to,  among other  things,  the
approval  of the  NACT  stockholders  and  the  satisfaction  of  certain  other
customary conditions.

         On  August  24,   1996,   Aerotel,   Ltd.  and  Aerotel   U.S.A.   Inc.
(collectively,  "Aerotel")  commenced  an action  against NACT and a customer of
NACT in the  United  States  District  Court,  Southern  District  of New  York,
alleging that  telephone  systems  manufactured  and sold by NACT  incorporating
prepaid debit card features  infringe upon Aerotel's  patent which was issued in
November 1987 (the "Aerotel Patent").  Aerotel sought injunctive relief, damages
in an unspecified amount, damages of up to three times damages found for willful
infringement  of the  Aerotel  Patent and an order  requiring  NACT to publish a
written  apology to Aerotel.  NACT filed an answer and  Counterclaim in which it
denied  infringement of the Aerotel Patent and sought judgement that the Aerotel
patent is invalid and  unenforceable  and that Aerotel has misused its patent in
violation of antitrust laws.  NACT has denied that it has committed  defamation,
unfair   competition  and  tortuous   interference  with  prospective   business
relations.  In  August  1997,  Aerotel  amended  its  complaint  to  include  as
defendants GST, GST USA, and two former executive  officers of NACT. The amended
pleadings seek in excess of $18.7 million in damages and allege that GST and GST
USA have infringed the Aerotel patent, aided and abetted infringement by others,
including  NACT, and  participated  in, and aided and abetted  alleged  tortious
conduct by NACT.  GST, GST USA, the two former  executive  officers of NACT have
served answers denying all material allegations and intend to defend vigorously.

<PAGE>

     Under the terms of the Company's  stock  purchase  agreement  with GST, the
Company and GST have agreed to share evenly the costs of any  judgement  against
NACT, GST and GST USA as a result of the Aerotel  litigation,  including  NACT's
legal fees.  The Company  believes  that NACT has valid  defenses to the Aerotel
claims.  An  unfavorable  decision in this action could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's financial position.

Resurgens Pending Acquisition

         On  February  12,  1998,  the  Company  executed  a letter of intent to
acquire Resurgens (see "Note M").



Pro Forma Results of Operations

         On a pro forma, unaudited basis, as if the acquisitions of ATI and NACT
had occurred as of January 1, 1996, total sales,  operating  income,  net income
(loss) and  diluted  net income  (loss)  per  common  share for the years  ended
December  31,  1997 and 1996  would  have been  approximately  $136,520,000  and
$80,360,000;  $13,608,000 and $13,000;  $6,919,000 and $(629,000); and $0.37 and
$(0.04), respectively.

         These  unaudited pro forma  results have been prepared for  comparative
purposes  only and are not  necessarily  indicative of the results of operations
which would  actually have occurred had the  acquisitions  been in effect on the
date indicated.


<PAGE>

ITEM 9-CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
       DISCLOSURE

     The Company  had no such  changes and  disagreements  with its  accountants
during the period covered by this Report.

                                    PART III


ITEM 10 -DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Directors

     The  information  required  by this  Item  with  respect  to the  Company's
directors  as set forth in the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for the 1998 Annual
Meeting of  Stockholders  (the  "Proxy  Statement")  is  incorporated  herein by
reference.  The information  with respect to Item 405 of Registration S-K as set
forth under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Executive Officers

The information with respect to the Company's executive officers is set forth in
Item 4.5 of Part I of this Report.

ITEM 11 -EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  set forth under the caption  "Compensation  of  Directors  and
Executive Officers" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12 -SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The  information  set forth under the  caption  "Security  Ownership  of Certain
Beneficial Owners" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13 -CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information set forth under the captions "Certain  Relationships and Related
Transactions" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


<PAGE>
                                     PART IV


ITEM 14 -EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)      List of Documents filed as part of this Report

         (1)      Financial Statements

                  The index to the financial  statements included in this Report
                  within Item 8 (page 24) is incorporated herein by reference.

         (2)      Financial Statement Schedules

              Schedule                                                 Page
               Number                                                 Number
              --------                                                ------
                VIII          Valuation and Qualifying Accounts         47

         (3)      Exhibits - See Item 14 (c) below


(b)      Reports on Form 8-K

                  On October 8, 1997,  the  Company  filed a Report on Form 8-K,
         announcing that on October 1, 1997 the sale of $100.0 million aggregate
         principal amount of convertible subordinated notes was completed.

 (c)     The exhibits filed herewith and  incorporated  by reference  herein are
         set forth on the Exhibit  Index on page  49  hereof.  Included in those
         exhibits   are  the   following   Executive   Compensation   Plans  and
         Arrangements:

                 Exhibit
                 Number                            Description

                   10.1       1991 Stock Option Plan
                   10.2       Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan
                   10.4       Second Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan
                   10.6       Third Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan
                   10.11      Outside Directors' Warrant Plan
                   10.12      Directors' Warrant Incentive Plan
                   10.17      Fourth Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan
                   10.18      Fifth Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan
                   10.19      Amendment One to Outside Directors' Warrant Plan
                   10.20      Amendment One to Directors' Warrant Incentive Plan
                   10.21      Amendment Two to Outside Directors' Warrant Plan
                   10.22      Amendment Two to Directors' Warrant Incentive Plan
                   10.23      Sixth Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan
                   10.24      Severance Protection Agreement - Steven A. Odom
                   10.25      Severance Protection Agreement - Hensley E. West
                   10.26      Severance Protection Agreement - Mark A. Gergel

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
SCHEDULE VIII  -  VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
<CAPTION>


                                   BALANCE AT        CHARGED TO COSTS     CHARGED                               BALANCE
                                   BEGINNING OF      AND EXPENSES         TO OTHER                               END OF
           DESCRIPTION             PERIOD                                 ACCOUNTS            DEDUCTIONS         PERIOD
<S>                                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>         
Year Ended December 31, 1997:
  Deducted from asset account
    Allowance for doubtful         $   265,000       $   171,574        $    35,000 (B)    $  (234,574) (A)    $   237,000
    accounts

 Year Ended December 31, 1996:
   Deducted from asset account
     Allowance for doubtful        $   207,960       $    167,612       $    30,000 (B)    $  (140,572) (A)    $   265,000
     accounts

 Year Ended December 31, 1995:
   Deducted from asset account
     Allowance for doubtful        $   230,911       $      7,568       $    25,000 (B)    $   (55,519) (A)    $   207,960
     accounts                                                                


<FN>
(A) Write-off of uncollectible amounts.

(B) Reserves established from businesses acquired.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this Report to be signed,  on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                         WORLD ACCESS, INC

                                         By: /s/ Steven A. Odom
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Steven A. Odom
                                            Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                                            (Principal Executive Officer)

Dated as of April 14, 1998


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  Report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Company and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

            Signature                          Title                   Date
- ----------------------------------  ----------------------------- --------------


/s/ Steven A. Odom                  Chairman and Chief            April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------
 Steven A. Odom                     Executive Officer
                                    (Principal Executive
                                    Officer)

/s/ Hensley E. West                 Director, President and       April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------
Hensley E. West                     Chief Operating Officer


/s/Mark A. Gergel                   Executive Vice President      April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------
Mark A. Gergel                      and Chief Financial Officer
                                    (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/Martin D. Kidder                 Vice President, Controller    April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------  and
Martin D. Kidder                    Secretary (Principal
                                    Accounting Officer)

/s/ Stephen J. Clearman             Director                      April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------
Stephen J. Clearman
/s/ William P. O'Reilly             Director                      April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------
William P. O'Reilly


/s/ John D. Phillips                Director                      April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------
John D. Phillips

/s/ Stephen E. Raville              Director                      April 14, 1998
- ----------------------------------
Stephen E. Raville

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

                       Exhibit No. Description of Exhibit

3.1        Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant and Amendment
           to  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  incorporated  herein by
           reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement  on  Form  S-18,
           Registration  No. 33-41255-1, Exhibits 2  and  2.1, respectively, and
           Second   Amendment   to   Restated   Certificate   of   Incorporation
           incorporated  herein  by  reference  to Form 10-K for the fiscal year
           ended  December 31, 1992 Exhibit 3.2, and Third Amendment to Restated
           Certificate  of Incorporation incorporated herein by reference to the
           Registrant's  registration  statement  on  Form S-2, Amendment No. 2,
           filed  on  February  14,  1995,  No.  33-87026,  Exhibit  4.1-1   and
           Amendments to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed herewith.

3.2        Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.

4.1        Indenture dated  as  of  October 1, 1997 by and between World Access,
           Inc. and First Union Bank, as  trustee  (incorporated by reference to
           exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed October 8, 1997).

10.1       World Access, Inc. 1991 Stock  Option Plan (incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment  No. 1 to  the Registrant's Registration
           Statement on Form S-18, filed on July 25, 1991, No. 33-41255-A).

10.2       Amendment to World Access, Inc. 1991 Stock  Option Plan (incorporated
           by   reference   to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Registrant's  Form  10-K
           for the year  ended  December  31, 1993, filed March 31, 1994).

10.3       Lease  Agreement  dated  August  27,  1992,  by  and  between   Batac
           Corporation  and  World  Access, Inc.  (incorporated  by reference to
           Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Registrant's  Form  10-K  for  the year ended
           December 31, 1993, filed March 31, 1994).

10.4       Second Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit 10.3 to  the Registrants'  Form 10-K for  the  year  ended
           December 31, 1993, filed March 31, 1994).

10.5       Registration Rights Agreement dated December 28, 1994, by and between
           Creditanstalt-Bankverein  and  World  Access,  Inc.  (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit  10.24  to  the  Registrants Form S-2, Amendment
           No. 2, filed on February 14, 1995, No 33-87026).

10.6       Third Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan  (incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit  10.26 to the  Registrant's  Form S-2,  Amendment  No.  2,
           filed on February 14, 1995, No. 33-87026.

10.7       Master  Lease  Agreement  dated March 2, 1995, by and between Copelco
           Capital, Inc. and World  Access,  Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit  10.27  to  the  Registrant's  Form  10-K  for the year ended
           December 31, 1994, filed on March 30, 1995).

10.8       Second Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement   dated
           July 18, 1995,  by  and  between  Creditanstalt-Bankverein  and World
           Access, Inc. (incorporated by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.35  to  the
           Registrant's  Form  10-K for  the year ended December 31, 1995, filed
           April 10, 1996).

10.9       First  Amendment  to  Second  Amended  and Restated Loan and Security
           Agreement  dated  December  28,  1995,  by and between Creditanstalt-
           Bankverein  and  World  Access,  Inc. (incorporated  by  reference to
           Exhibit  10.37  to  the  Registrant's  Form  10-K  for the year ended
           December 31, 1995, filed April 10, 1996).

10.10      Second  Amendment  to  Second  Amended and Restated Loan and Security
           Agreement  dated  March  29,  1996, by  and  between   Creditanstalt-
           Bankverein  and  World  Access, Inc.  (incorporated by  reference  to
           Exhibit  10.38  to  the  Registrant's  Form 10-K  for  the year ended
           December 31, 1995, filed April 10, 1996).

<PAGE>

10.11      World  Access,   Inc.  Outside  Directors' Warrant Plan (incorporated
           by  reference  to  Exhibit   10.40  to  the  Registrant's  Form  10-K
           for the year  ended  December  31, 1995, filed April 10, 1996).

10.12      World Access, Inc. Directors' Warrant Incentive Plan (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year
           ended December 31, 1995, filed April 10, 1996).

10.13      Merger  Agreement  dated April 22, 1996, by and between World Access,
           Inc.,  Restor-Comtech,  Inc.,  Michael Joe,  Michael   Ramlogan,  Dan
           Lubarsky and Comtech Sunrise, Inc.   (incorporated  by  reference  to
           Exhibit 2 to the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed June 19, 1996).

10.14      Employment  Agreement  dated June 18, 1996, by and between Michael R.
           Joe and Restor-Comtech,  Inc.  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
           6.2h to the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed June 18, 1996).

10.15      Escrow  Agreement  dated  June 18, 1996, by and between World Access,
           Inc., Restor-Comtech, Inc.,  Cauthen  and Feldman, P.A and the former
           shareholders of Comtech-Sunrise, Inc. (incorporated by  reference  to
           Exhibit 2.1b to the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed June 19, 1996).

10.16      Third  Amendment  to  Second  Amended and  Restated Loan and Security
           Agreement dated December 19,  1996, by and between World Access, Inc.
           and Creditanstalt-Bankverien.

10.17      Fourth Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference
           to exhibit  10.32 to the  Registrant's  Form 10-K for the year  ended
           December  31,  1996,  filed  April 11, 1997).

10.18      Fifth Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan  (incorporated by reference
           to exhibit  10.33 to the  Registrant's  Form 10-K for the year  ended
           December  31,  1996,  filed  April 11, 1997).

10.19      Amendment   One  to   Outside   Directors' Warrant Plan (incorporated
           by  reference  to  exhibit   10.34  to  the  Registrant's  Form  10-K
           for the year  ended  December  31, 1996, filed April 11, 1997).

10.20      Amendment  One  to  Directors'   Warrant Incentive Plan (incorporated
           by  reference  to  exhibit   10.35  to  the  Registrant's  Form  10-K
           for the year  ended  December  31, 1996, filed April 11, 1997).

10.21      Amendment Two to Outside Directors' Warrant Plan.

10.22      Amendment Two to Directors' Warrant Incentive Plan.

10.23      Sixth Amendment to 1991 Stock Option Plan.

10.24      Severance  Protection Agreement dated November 1, 1997 by and between
           World Access, Inc. and Steven A. Odom.

10.25      Severance Protection  Agreement dated November 1, 1997 by and between
           World Access, Inc. and Hensley E. West.

10.26      Severance Protection  Agreement dated November 1, 1997 by and between
           World Access, Inc. and Mark A. Gergel.

10.27      License  Agreement  dated  July 1, 1996, by and between International
           Communication Technologies,  Inc.,  World  Access,  Inc.  and   Eagle
           Telephonics, Inc (incorporated by reference to exhibit  10.36  to the
           Registrant's  Form  10-K for  the year ended December 31, 1996, filed
           April 11, 1997).

<PAGE>

10.28      Agreement and Plan of Merger between and among World Access, Inc. and
           CIS Acquisition Corp.  and Thomas R. Canham;  Brian A. Schuchman; and
           John T. Simon and Cellular Infrastructure Supply, Inc. (with exhibits
           thereto) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit Z to the  Registrant's
           Form 8-K, filed April 10, 1997).

10.29      Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  September 26, 1997 by and between
           World Access, Inc., BT   Alex  Brown  Incorporated   and   Prudential
           Securities Incorporated (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to
           the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed October 8, 1997).

10.30      Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated October 1, 1997 by and between
           World Access, Inc., BT  Alex  Brown   Incorporated   and   Prudential
           Securities Incorporated (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to
           the Registrant's Form 8-K, filed October 8, 1997).

10.31      Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among World Access, Inc.,Cellular
           Infrastructure Supply, Inc.,  Advanced Techcom Inc. and Ernest H. Lin
           dated as of December 24, 1997 (incorporated by  reference  to exhibit
           2.1 to the Registrant's From 8-K, filed February 13, 1998).

10.32      Stock Purchase Agreement among World Access, Inc., GST USA, Inc., and
           GST Telecommunications,  Inc.  dated December 31, 1997, with exhibits
           thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's
           Form 8-K, filed February 24, 1998).

10.33      Agreement  and  Plan  of Merger and Reorganization by and among WAXS,
           Inc.,   World    Access,   Inc.,    WAXS   Acquisition   Corp,   NACT
           Telecommunications,  Inc.  and  NACT Acquisition Corp. dated February
           24,1998 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant's
           Form 8-K, filed March 13, 1998).

10.34      Letter of Intent between World Access, Inc. and Cherry Communications
           Incorporated (d/b/a  Resurgens  Communications  Group) dated February
           12,  1998  (incorporated  by  reference   to  exhibit  99.1  to   the
           Registrant's Form 8-K, filed February 20, 1998).

22.1       Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1       Consent of Price Waterhouse L.L.P.

27.1       Financial Data Schedule

<PAGE>

Exhibit 3.1

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                      RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                             RESTOR INDUSTRIES, INC.


                  RESTOR  INDUSTRIES, INC.  (the "Corporation"),  a  corporation
organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

                  FIRST:  That,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation
unanimously  adopted  resolutions  setting  forth a  proposed  amendment  to the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation, declaring
said  amendment to be advisable,  and directing that said amendment be presented
to the  stockholders of the Corporation for  consideration at the annual meeting
of the stockholders.  The resolution  setting forth the proposed amendment is as
follows:

                  "RESOLVED,  that the  Corporation's  Restated  Certificate  of
         Incorporation,  as  amended,  be amended by  deleting  Article I of the
         Restated Certificate of Incorporation,  as amended, in its entirety and
         substituting the following in lieu thereof:

                  `The name of the Corporation is WORLD ACCESS, INC.'"

                  SECOND:  That  the  foregoing  amendment  was  adopted  by the
stockholders  of the Corporation  entitled to vote thereon at the  Corporation's
annual meeting of the stockholders held on May 23, 1996.

                  THIRD:  That  the  foregoing  amendment  was  duly  adopted in
accordance with the provisions of Section  242 of the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  RESTOR INDUSTRIES, INC.  has  caused this
Certificate of Amendment to be signed as of this 19th day of June, 1996.


                                              RESTOR INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                              By: /s/ Steven A. Odom
                                                 _______________________________
                                                 Steven A. Odom, Chairman of
                                                 the Board and Chief Executive
                                                 Officer
Attested by:

 /s/ Mark A. Gergel
____________________________
Mark A. Gergel,
Assistant Secretary



<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.1


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       TO
                      RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               WORLD ACCESS, INC.


         World Access,  Inc., a corporation  duly  authorized and existing under
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the  "Corporation"),  does
hereby certify that:

         1.       The name of the corporation is World Access, Inc.

         2. The  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as  amended,  of the
Corporation is hereby amended by deleting the text of Article IV in its entirety
and substituting and replacing in lieu thereof the following:

                                  Capital Stock

                  The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall
         have  authority to issue is fifty million  (50,000,000),  consisting of
         forty million  (40,000,000)  shares of common stock, $.01 par value per
         share  ("Common  Stock"),   and  ten  million  (10,000,000)  shares  of
         preferred stock, $.01 par value per share ("Preferred Stock").

                  The designation,  relative rights, preferences and limitations
         of the shares of each class are as follows:

                           The shares of Common Stock may be issued from time to
                  time in one or more  series of any number of shares,  provided
                  that the aggregate number of shares issued and not canceled of
                  any and all such series  shall not exceed the total  number of
                  shares  of  Common  Stock  hereinabove  authorized,  and  with
                  distinctive  serial  designations,  all as shall  hereafter be
                  stated  and  expressed  in  the   resolution  or   resolutions
                  providing  for the issue of such  shares of Common  Stock from
                  time to time  adopted by the Board of  Directors  pursuant  to
                  authority  so to do which is  hereby  vested  in the  Board of
                  Directors,  and each series of shares of Common Stock may have
                  such voting powers,  full or limited, or may be without voting
                  powers as shall be stated in said  resolution  or  resolutions
                  providing for the issue of such shares of Common Stock.

                           The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time
                  to  time  in one or  more  series  of any  number  of  shares,
                  provided  that the  aggregate  number of shares issued and not
                  canceled of any and all such series shall not exceed the total
                  number of shares of Preferred  Stock  hereinabove  authorized,
                  and  with  distinctive  serial  designations,   all  as  shall
                  hereafter  be  stated  and  expressed  in  the  resolution  or
                  resolutions   providing  for  the  issue  of  such  shares  of

<PAGE>

                  Preferred  Stock  from  time to time  adopted  by the Board of
                  Directors  pursuant  to  authority  so to do which  is  hereby
                  vested in the  Board of  Directors.  Each  series of shares of
                  Preferred  Stock  (a) may have  such  voting  powers,  full or
                  limited,  or may be without voting powers;  (b) may be subject
                  to  redemption  at such time or times and at such prices;  (c)
                  may be entitled to receive  dividends (which may be cumulative
                  or  non-cumulative)  at such rate or rates, on such conditions
                  and at such times,  and payable in  preference  to, or in such
                  relation  to,  the  dividends  payable  on any other  class or
                  classes or series of stock;  (d) may have such rights upon the
                  dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the
                  Corporation; (e) may be made convertible into, or exchangeable
                  for,  shares of any  other  class or  classes  or of any other
                  series of the same or any other  class or classes of shares of
                  the  Corporation  at such  price  prices  or at such  rates of
                  exchange and with such adjustments; (f) may be entitled to the
                  benefit of a sinking  fund to be applied  to the  purchase  or
                  redemption of shares of such series in such amount or amounts;
                  (g)  may  be  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  conditions   and
                  restrictions   upon  the  creation  of   indebtedness  of  the
                  Corporation  or  any   subsidiary,   upon  the  issue  of  any
                  additional shares (including  additional shares of such series
                  or of any other  series) and upon the payment of  dividends or
                  the  making  of  other  distributions  on,  and the  purchase,
                  redemption  or other  acquisition  by the  Corporation  or any
                  subsidiary of, any outstanding shares of the Corporation;  and
                  (h) may have such other relative,  participating,  optional or
                  other   special   rights,   qualifications,   limitations   or
                  restrictions   thereof;   all  as  shall  be  stated  in  said
                  resolution  or  resolutions  providing  for the  issue of such
                  shares of Preferred  Stock.  Shares of Preferred  Stock of any
                  series that have been redeemed  (whether through the operation
                  of a sinking fund or  otherwise) or that,  if  convertible  or
                  exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares
                  of any  other  class  or  classes  shall  have the  status  of
                  authorized and unissued  shares of Preferred Stock of the same
                  series  and may be  reissued  as a part of the series of which
                  they  were  originally  a  part  or may  be  reclassified  and
                  reissued as part of a new series of shares of Preferred  Stock
                  to be created by  resolution  or  resolutions  of the Board of
                  Directors  or as  part  of  any  other  series  of  shares  of
                  Preferred Stock, all subject to the conditions or restrictions
                  on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted
                  by the  Board  of  Directors  providing  for the  issue of any
                  series of shares of Preferred Stock.

                           Subject to the provisions of any applicable law or of
                  the Bylaws of the  Corporation,  as from time to time amended,
                  with  respect  to the  closing  of the  transfer  books or the
                  fixing of a record date for the  determination of stockholders
                  entitled to vote and except as otherwise provided by law or by
                  the resolution or  resolutions  providing for the issue of any
                  series of shares of Preferred  Stock or any shares of a series

<PAGE>

                  of  Common  Stock as to which  the  voting  powers  have  been
                  expressly  limited by the resolution or resolutions  providing
                  for the issuance of such series of Common  Stock,  the holders
                  of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock shall  exclusively
                  posses  voting power for the election of directors and for all
                  other  purposes,  each holder of record shares of Common Stock
                  being  entitled  to one vote for each  share of  Common  Stock
                  standing  in his or her name on the books of the  Corporation.
                  Except as otherwise  provided by the resolution or resolutions
                  providing  for the issue of any series of shares of  Preferred
                  Stock,  the  holders  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  be
                  entitled,  to  the  exclusion  of the  holders  of  shares  of
                  Preferred  Stock  of any  and  all  series,  to  receive  such
                  dividends as from time to time may be declared by the Board of
                  Directors.  In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution  or
                  winding  up  of  the   Corporation,   whether   voluntary   or
                  involuntary, after payment shall have been made to the holders
                  of shares of Preferred  Stock of the full amount to which they
                  shall be entitled  pursuant to the  resolution or  resolutions
                  providing  for the issue of any series of shares of  Preferred
                  Stock,  the  holders  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  be
                  entitled,  to  the  exclusion  of the  holders  of  shares  of
                  Preferred  Stock  of any and all  series,  to  share,  ratably
                  according  to the  number of shares  of Common  Stock  held by
                  them, in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for
                  distribution to its stockholders.

                           Subject   to  the   provisions   of   this   Restated
                  Certificate of Incorporation and except as otherwise  provided
                  by law, the stock of the Corporation, regardless of class, may
                  be issued for such  consideration for such corporate  purposes
                  as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

         3. The  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as  amended,  of the
Corporation  is hereby  amended by adding Article VI thereto which shall read in
its entirety as follows:


                                   ARTICLE VI

             No Written Consents in Lieu of Meeting of Stockholders

                  No  action   required  or   permitted   to  be  taken  by  the
         stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of the
         stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the
         power to consent in  writing,  without a meeting,  to the taking of any
         action is specifically denied.

         4. The  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as  amended,  of the
Corporation  is  hereby  amended  by  deleting  the text of  Article  VII in its
entirety and by substituting and replacing in lieu thereof the following:

<PAGE>

                                   Management

                  1.  The  business  and  affairs  of the  Corporation  shall be
         managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors.

                           (a) The Board of Directors shall consist of not fewer
                  than three (3) members and not more than twelve (12)  members,
                  the exact number of authorized  directors within such range to
                  be fixed  from  time to time by a  resolution  of the Board of
                  Directors  adopted  by the  affirmative  vote  of at  least  a
                  majority  of the total  number of  authorized  directors  most
                  recently fixed by the Board of Directors.

                           (b) The directors of the Corporation shall be divided
                  into three classes for the purpose of determining  their terms
                  of  office.  Each  such  class  shall  consist,  as  nearly as
                  possible,  of one-third of the total number of directors fixed
                  by  the  Board  of  Directors.   At  the  annual   meeting  of
                  stockholders  of the  Corporation  held in 1997,  one class of
                  directors  (designated as Class I) shall be elected for a term
                  expiring  at  the  annual  meeting  of   stockholders  of  the
                  Corporation  held in 1998, one class of directors  (designated
                  as Class  II)  shall be  elected  for a term  expiring  at the
                  annual  meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  held in
                  1999,  and one class of  directors  (designated  as Class III)
                  shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual  meeting of
                  stockholders  of  the  Corporation   held  in  2000.  At  each
                  succeeding  annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation,
                  beginning in 1998,  successors to the class of directors whose
                  term  expires at that  annual  meeting  shall be elected for a
                  term  expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  of the
                  Corporation held in the third year following the year of their
                  election.

                           (c) If the number of directors  is changed,  then any
                  increase or decrease in such number  shall be  apportioned  by
                  the Board of Directors among the classes of directors so as to
                  maintain as nearly as possible an equal number of directors in
                  each class.  No reduction in the authorized  number of members
                  of the Board of  directors  shall have the effect of  removing
                  any director from office before that director's term of office
                  expires.

                           (d)  Vacancies  on the Board of  Directors  and newly
                  created  directorships  resulting  from  an  increase  in  the
                  authorized  number of members of the Board of Directors may be
                  filled  only by a majority of the  directors,  then in office,
                  although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

<PAGE>

                           (e) Each  director,  including a director  elected to
                  fill a vacancy  or a newly  created  directorship,  shall hold
                  office  until the next  election of the class of  directors to
                  which such director  belongs and until his or her successor is
                  elected  and  qualified  or until  his or her  earlier  death,
                  resignation, or removal from office for cause.

                           (f) Any director or the entire Board of Directors may
                  be removed  from any office at any time but only for cause and
                  only by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of at  least a
                  majority  of the  voting  power of all  outstanding  shares of
                  capital stock of the  Corporation  then entitled to vote in an
                  election of directors of the  Corporation,  voting as a single
                  class.

                           (g) A majority of total directors shall  constitute a
                  quorum for the transaction of business.

                           (h)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   whenever  the
                  holders of any one or more  classes or series of stock  issued
                  by the Corporation shall have the right,  voting separately by
                  class or series,  to elect  directors  at an annual or special
                  meeting of stockholders,  the election, term of office, filing
                  of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be
                  governed  by  the  terms  of  this  Restated   Certificate  of
                  Incorporation  applicable  thereto,  such directors so elected
                  shall not be divided  into  classes  pursuant to this  Article
                  VII, and the number of such directors  shall not be counted in
                  determining  the maximum number of directors  permitted  under
                  the  foregoing  provision  of this  Article  VII, in each case
                  unless expressly provided by such terms.

                  2.  Nominations  of  persons  for  election  to the  Board  of
         Directors may be made at a meeting of  stockholders  of the Corporation
         either  by or at the  direction  of the  Board of  Directors  or by any
         stockholder or record  entitled to vote in the election of directors at
         such meeting who has complied with the notice  procedures  set forth in
         this  Paragraph 2. A  stockholder  who desires to nominate a person for
         election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of  stockholders of the
         Corporation  and who is  eligible  to make  such  nomination  must give
         timely  written  notice of the proposed  nomination to the secretary of
         the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice given pursuant to
         this Paragraph 2 must be received at the principal  executive office of
         the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in
         advance  of the date which is one year later than the date of the proxy
         statement of the  Corporation  released to  stockholders  in connection

<PAGE>

         with  the  previous  year's  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  of  the
         Corporation;   provided,   however,   that  if  no  annual  meeting  of
         stockholders of the Corporation was held in the previous year or if the
         date of the forthcoming annual meeting of stockholders has been changed
         by more than thirty (30)  calendar days from the date  contemplated  at
         the time of the previous  year's proxy  statement or if the forthcoming
         meeting is not an annual meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation,
         then to be timely such  stockholder's  notice  must be so received  not
         later than the close of business on the tenth day following the earlier
         of (a) the day on which notice of the date of the  forthcoming  meeting
         was mailed or given to  stockholders by or on behalf of the Corporation
         or  (b)  the  day  on  which  public  disclosure  of  the  date  of the
         forthcoming  meeting was made by or on behalf of the Corporation.  Such
         stockholder's  notice to the  secretary  of the  Corporation  shall set
         forth (a) as to each person whom the  stockholder  proposes to nominate
         for election or re-election as a director (i) the name,  age,  business
         address  and  residence  address  of such  person,  (ii) the  principal
         occupation or employment of such person,  (iii) the class and number of
         shares of capital stock of the Corporation  which then are beneficially
         owned by such  person,  (iv) any  other  information  relating  to such
         person  that  is  required  by law or  regulation  to be  disclosed  in
         solicitations   of  proxies  for  the  election  of  directors  of  the
         Corporation,  and (v) such person's written consent to being named as a
         nominee  for  election  as a  director  and to serve as a  director  if
         elected and (b) as to the  stockholder  giving  notice (i) the name and
         address,  as they appear in the stock  records of the  Corporation,  of
         such stockholder,  (ii) the class and number of shares of capital stock
         of  the  Corporation   which  then  are  beneficially   owned  by  such
         stockholder,  (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings
         between such  stockholder and each nominee for election as director and
         any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) relating to
         the nomination  proposed to be made by such  stockholder,  and (iv) any
         other  information  required by law or  regulation  to be provided by a
         stockholder  intending  to nominate a person for election as a director
         of the  Corporation.  At the  request  of the Board of  Directors,  any
         person  nominated by or at the  direction of the Board of Directors for
         election as director of the Corporation  shall furnish to the secretary
         of the  Corporation  the  information  concerning such nominee which is
         required  to be set  forth  in a  stockholder's  notice  of a  proposed
         nomination.  No person  shall be eligible for election as a director of
         the Corporation  unless nominated in compliance with the procedures set
         forth in this Paragraph 2. The chairman of a meeting of stockholders of
         the Corporation shall refuse to accept the nomination of any person not
         made in compliance  with the  procedures set forth in this Paragraph 2,
         and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

                  3. The  power to  adopt,  amend or  repeal  the  Bylaws of the
         Corporation  may  be  exercised  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
         Corporation.

<PAGE>

                  4. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Restated Certificate
         of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation to the contrary,  the
         affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five  percent (75%)
         of the voting power of all  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the
         Corporation  then  entitled to vote in an election of  directors of the
         Corporation,  voting as a single  class,  shall be  required  to alter,
         amend or repeal  this  Article  VII or to adopt any  provision  of this
         Restated  Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation
         which is inconsistent with this Article VII.

         5. The  foregoing  amendments  (Items 2, 3 and 4) were  adopted  by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  at their  annual  meeting on June 10, 1997 by
stockholders  holding an aggregate of 55%  (9,696,036  shares),  54%  (9,613,088
shares)  and 55%  (9,714,481  shares) of the  Corporation's  outstanding  Common
Stock, respectively.

         6. The foregoing  amendments  were duly adopted in accordance  with the
provisions  of  Section  242 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State  of
Delaware.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  WORLD ACCESS, INC. has caused this Certificate of
Amendment to be signed as of this 20th of August, 1997.

                                              WORLD ACCESS, INC.


                                              By: /s/ Hensley E. West
                                                 _______________________________
                                                 Hensley E. West, President


Attested by:


/s/ Mark A. Gergel
______________________________
Mark A. Gergel
Assistant Secretary



<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.2




                           AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

                                       OF

                               WORLD ACCESS, INC..

                            (a Delaware corporation)

                          Adopted as of August 20, 1997


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

                  1. CERTIFICATES  REPRESENTING STOCK. Certificates representing
stock in the Corporation  shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation
by the Chairman or  Vice-Chairman  of the Board of Directors,  if any, or by the
President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer or
the  Secretary or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Corporation.  Any or all the
signatures  on any such  certificate  may be a  facsimile.  in case any officer,
transfer  agent,  or registrar who has signed or whose  facsimile  signature has
been placed upon a certificate  shall have ceased to be such  officer,  transfer
agent, or registrar before such  certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the
Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer,  transfer agent, or
registrar at the date of issue.

                  Whenever the  Corporation  shall be  authorized  to issue more
than one  class of stock or more than one  series  of any  class of  stock,  and
whenever  the  Corporation  shall  issue any shares of its stock as partly  paid
stock,  the certificates  representing  shares of any such class or series or of
any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements  prescribed by
the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of
transfer  of any  shares  of  stock  of any  class  or  series  shall  be  noted
conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

                  The  Corporation  may  issue a new  certificate  of  stock  or
uncertificated  shares  in place of any  certificate  theretofore  issued by it,
alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed,  and the Board of Directors may
require the owner of the lost,  stolen, or destroyed  certificate,  or his legal
representative,  to give the  Corporation  a bond  sufficient  to indemnify  the
Corporation  against  any claim  that may be made  against  it on account of the
alleged loss,  theft, or destruction of any such  certificate or the issuance of
any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

                  2. UNCERTIFICATED SHARES. Subject to any conditions imposed by
the General  Corporation  Law,  the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation  may
provide by resolution or  resolutions  that some or all of any or all classes or
series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated  shares. Within a
reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the
Corporation  shall send to the  registered  owner  thereof  any  written  notice
prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

<PAGE>

                  3. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS.  The Corporation may, but shall
not be required to,  issue  fractions of a share.  If the  Corporation  does not
issue  fractions  of a share,  it  shall  (1)  arrange  for the  disposition  of
fractional  interests by those entitled thereto,  (2) pay in cash the fair value
of  fractions  of a share as of the time when those  entitled  to  receive  such
fractions  are  determined,  or (3) issue scrip or warrants in  registered  form
(either   represented  by  a  certificate  or  uncertificated)  or  bearer  form
(represented by a certificate)  which shall entitle the holder to receive a full
share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants  aggregating a full share.  A
certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated  fractional share shall,
but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise  provided therein,  entitle the
holder  to  exercise  voting  rights,  to  receive  dividends  thereon,  and  to
participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation.
The Board of Directors  may cause scrip or warrants to be issued  subject to the
conditions  that  they  shall  become  void if not  exchanged  for  certificates
representing  the full shares or  uncertificated  full shares before a specified
date, or subject to the  conditions  that the shares for which scrip or warrants
are  exchangeable  way be  sold by the  Corporation  and  the  proceeds  thereof
distributed  to the  holders  of scrip or  warrants,  or  subject  to any  other
conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

                  4.  STOCK   TRANSFERS.   Upon   compliance   with   provisions
restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any,
transfers or  registration  of  transfers of shares of stock of the  Corporation
shall be made only on the  stock  ledger of the  Corporation  by the  registered
holder  thereof,  or by his attorney  thereunto  authorized by power of attorney
duly executed and filed with the secretary of the Corporation or with a transfer
agent  or a  registrar,  if any,  and,  in the  case of  shares  represented  by
certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of
stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

                  5. RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS. In order that the Corporation
may determine the  stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting
of  stockholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  the Board of Directors may fix a
record  date,  which  record  date  shall not  precede  the date upon  which the
resolution  fixing the record  date is  adopted by the Board of  Directors,  and
which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the
date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors,  the
record date for determining  stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting  of  stockholders  shall  be at the  close of  business  on the day next
preceding  the day on which  notice is given,  or, if notice is  waived,  at the
close of  business  on the day next  preceding  the day on which the  meeting is
held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote
at a meeting of  stockholders  shall apply to any  adjournment  of the  meeting;
provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the
adjourned meeting.  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to receive  payment of any dividend or other  distribution or allotment
of any rights or the stockholders  entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change,  conversion,  or exchange of stock,  or for the purpose of any other
lawful action,  the Board of Directors may fix a record date,  which record date
shall not precede the date upon which the  resolution  fixing the record date is
adopted,  and which  record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such
action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders
for any such  purpose  shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

<PAGE>

                  6. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS.  As used herein in respect of the
right  to  notice  of a  meeting  of  stockholders  or a  waiver  thereof  or to
participate  or vote  thereat  or to  consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a
meeting,  as the case may be, the term  "share" or "shares" or "shares of stock"
or "shares of stock" or "stockholder" or "stockholders" refers to an outstanding
share or shares of stock and to a holder  or  holders  of record of  outstanding
shares of stock when the  Corporation  is  authorized to issue only one class of
shares of stock,  and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding
share or shares of stock and any  holder  or  holders  of record of  outstanding
shares  of stock  of any  class  upon  which or upon  whom  the  certificate  of
incorporation  confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series
of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom a General  corporation Law confers
such rights  notwithstanding  that the certificate of incorporation  may provide
for more than one  class or series of shares of stock,  one or more of which are
limited or denied such rights thereunder;  provided, however, that no such right
shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of
shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise  denied  voting rights
under  the  provisions  of  the  certificate  of  incorporation,  except  as any
provision of law may otherwise require.

                  7.       STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS.

                  --TIME.  The annual  meeting  shall be held on the date and at
the time fixed,  from time to time, by the directors,  provided,  that the first
annual  meeting  shall  be held  on a date  within  thirteen  months  after  the
organization of the  Corporation,  and each  successive  annual meeting shall be
held an a date within  thirteen  months after the date of the  preceding  annual
meeting.  A special  meeting  shall be hold on the date and at the time fixed by
the directors.

                  --PLACE. Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at
such place, within or without the State of Delaware,  as the directors may, from
time to time,  fix.  Whenever the  directors  shall fail to fix such place,  the
meeting shall be held at the registered  office of the  Corporation in the State
of Delaware.

                  --CALL.  Annual  meetings and special  meetings  may be called
by the  directors or by any officer  instructed  by  the  directors  to call the
meeting.

<PAGE>

                  --NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Written  notice of all meetings
shall be given, stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and stating the
place  within the city or other  municipality  or community at which the list of
stockholders of the Corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting
shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the
transaction of other  business  which may properly come before the meeting,  and
shall (if any other  action  which Could be taken at a special  meeting is to be
taken at such annual  meeting)  state the purpose or  purposes.  The notice of a
special  meeting shall in all instances  state the purpose or purposes for which
the  meeting is called.  The notice of any  meeting  shall also  include,  or be
accompanied by any additional statements,  information,  or documents prescribed
by the General  Corporation  Law.  Except as  otherwise  provided by the General
Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given,  personally
or by mail,  not less than ten days nor more than sixty days  before the date of
the meeting,  unless the lapse of the prescribed  period of time shall have been
waived,  and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other
address  which he may have  furnished by request in writing to the  Secretary of
the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with
postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to
another time, not more than thirty days hence,  and/or to another place,  and if
an  announcement  of the adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting,  it
shall not be  necessary  to give  notice of the  adjourned  meeting  unless  the
directors,  after adjournment,  fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Notice  need not be given to any  stockholder  who  submits a written  waiver of
notice  signed by him before or after the time stated  therein.  Attendance of a
stockholder at a meeting of stockholders  shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting,  except when the  stockholder  attends the meeting for the express
purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business  because the meeting is not lawfully  called or  convened.  Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting
of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

                  --STOCKHOLDER  LIST.  The  officer who has charge of the stock
ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every
meeting  of  stockholders,  a complete  list of the  stockholders,  arranged  in
alphabetical  order,  and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the  examination  of any  stockholder  for any purpose  germane to the  meeting,
during ordinary  business hours,  for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting,  either at a place within the city or other  municipality  or community
where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of
the  meeting,  or if not so  specified,  at the place where the meeting is to be
held.  The list  shall  also be  produced  and kept at the time and place of the
meeting during the whole time thereof,  and may be inspected by any  stockholder
who is present.  The stock ledger  shall be the only  evidence as to who are the
stockholders  entitled to examine the stock  ledger,  the list  required by this
section  or  the  books  of the  Corporation,  or to  vote  at  any  meeting  of
stockholders.

                  --CONDUCT OF MEETING.  Meetings of the  Stockholders  shall be
presided over by one of the following  officers in the order of seniority and if
present and acting - the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the
Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President,  or, if none of the foregoing is
in  office  and  present  and  acting,  by  a  chairman  to  be  chosen  by  the
stockholders.  The Secretary of the Corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant
Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary
nor an Assistant  Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint
a secretary of the meeting.

<PAGE>

                  --PROXY   REPRESENTATION.   Every  stockholder  way  authorize
another  person or  persons  to act for him by proxy in all  matters  in which a
stockholder  is  entitled  to  participate,  whether  by  waiving  notice of any
meeting,  voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent
without a  meeting.  Every  proxy  must be signed by the  stockholder  or by his
attorney-in-fact.  No proxy  shall be voted or acted upon after three years from
its date unless such proxy provides for a longer  period.  A duly executed proxy
shall be irrevocable  if it states that it is  irrevocable  and, if, and only as
long  as,  it is  coupled  with an  interest  sufficient  in law to  support  an
irrevocable  power.  A proxy may be made  irrevocable  regardless of whether the
interest  with  which it is  coupled is an  interest  in the stock  itself or an
interest in the Corporation generally.

                  --INSPECTORS.  The directors,  in advance of any meeting, may,
but need not,  appoint one or more  inspectors of election to act at the meeting
or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the
person  presiding  at the  meeting  may,  but  need  not,  appoint  one or  more
inspectors.  in case any person who may be appointed  as an  inspector  fails to
appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in
advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding  thereat.  Each
inspector,  if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take
and sign an oath  faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting
with  strict  impartiality  and  according  to  the  best  of his  ability.  The
inspectors,  if any, shall  determine the number of shares of stock  outstanding
and the voting power of each,  the shares of stock  represented  at the meeting,
the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive
votes,  ballots,  or consents,  hear and determine all  challenges and questions
arising in  connection  with the right to vote,  count and  tabulate  all votes,
ballots,  or  consents,  determine  the result and do such acts as are proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Stockholders.  On  request  of
the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors,  if any, shall
make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him
or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or then.

                  -- QUORUM. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
of stock  shall  constitute  a  quorum  at a  meeting  of  stockholders  for the
transaction of any business.  The  stockholders  present may adjourn the meeting
despite the absence of a quorum.

                  -- VOTING.  Except where otherwise provided by the Certificate
of  Incorporation  as  amended,  each share of stock  shall  entitle the holders
thereof to one vote.  Directors  shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of
the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled
to vote on the election of directors.  Any other action shall be authorized by a
majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a
different  percentage of votes and/or a different  exercise of voting power, and
except as may be otherwise  prescribed  by the provision of the  Certificate  of
Incorporation and the Bylaws, as amended. In the election of directors,  and for
any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

<PAGE>

                  8. STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS.  No action required or
permitted to be taken by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation at any annual or
special  meeting of the  stockholders  of the Corporation may be taken without a
meeting,  and the power to consent in writing,  without a meeting, to the taking
of any action is specifically denied.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    DIRECTORS

                  1. FUNCTIONS AND  DEFINITION.  The business and affairs of the
Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors
of the  Corporation.  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the
compensation of the members thereof.  The use of the phrase "whole board" herein
refers to the total  number of  directors  which the  Corporation  would have if
there were no vacancies.

                  2.  QUALIFICATIONS  AND  NUMBER.  A  director  need  not  be a
stockholder,  a citizen of the  United  States,  or a  resident  of the State of
Delaware.  The Board of  Directors  shall  consist  of not fewer  than three (3)
members and not more than twelve (12)  members,  the exact number of  authorized
directors within such range to be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the
Board of Directors adopted by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the
total  number  of  authorized  directors  most  recently  fixed by the  Board of
Directors.

                  3.       ELECTION AND TERM.

                  (a) The  directors  of the  Corporation  shall be divided into
         three  classes  for the purpose of  determining  their terms of office.
         Each such class shall consist,  as nearly as possible,  of one-third of
         the total number of directors  fixed by the Board of Directors.  At the
         annual meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  held in 1997, one
         class of directors  (designated as Class I) shall be elected for a term
         expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation  held
         in 1998,  one  class of  directors  (designated  as Class  II) shall be
         elected for a term expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  of
         the Corporation held in 1999, and one class of directors (designated as
         Class III) shall be elected for a term  expiring at the annual  meeting
         of  stockholders  of the  Corporation  held in 2000. At each succeeding
         annual meeting of stockholders of the  Corporation,  beginning in 1998,
         successors to the class of directors  whose term expires at that annual
         meeting shall be elected for a term  expiring at the annual  meeting of
         stockholders  of the  Corporation  held in the third year following the
         year of their election.

                  (b) If the number of directors  is changed,  then any increase
         or  decrease  in such  number  shall  be  apportioned  by the  Board of
         Directors among the classes of directors so as to maintain as nearly as
         possible an equal number of  directors  in each class.  No reduction in
         the authorized  number of members of the Board of directors  shall have
         the effect of removing any director from office before that  director's
         term of office expires.

<PAGE>

                  (c)  Vacancies  on the Board of  Directors  and newly  created
         directorships  resulting from an increase in the  authorized  number of
         members of the Board of  Directors  may be filled only by a majority of
         the  directors,  then in office,  although less than a quorum,  or by a
         sole remaining director.

                  (d) Each  director,  including  a  director  elected to fill a
         vacancy or a newly  created  directorship,  shall hold office until the
         next election of the class of directors to which such director  belongs
         and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or
         her earlier death, resignation, or removal from office for cause.

                  (e) Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to
         the Corporation

                  (f) Any  director  or the  entire  Board of  Directors  may be
         removed  from any office at any time but only for cause and only by the
         affirmative  vote of the  holders of at least a majority  of the voting
         power of all  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation
         then  entitled to vote in an election of directors of the  Corporation,
         voting as a single class.

                  (g) A majority of total  directors  shall  constitute a quorum
         for the transaction of business.

                  (h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any
         one or more classes or series of stock issued by the Corporation  shall
         have  the  right,  voting  separately  by  class  or  series,  to elect
         directors  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting  of  stockholders,  the
         election,  term of office,  filing of vacancies  and other  features of
         such  directorships  shall be  governed  by the  terms of the  Restated
         Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Corporation  applicable  thereto,
         such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to
         Article  VII of the  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and the
         number  of such  directors  shall not be  counted  in  determining  the
         maximum number of directors  permitted under the foregoing provision of
         Article VII of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation,  in each case
         unless expressly provided by such terms.

                  (i)  Nominations  of  persons  for  election  to the  Board of
         Directors may be made at a meeting of  stockholders  of the Corporation
         either  by or at the  direction  of the  Board of  Directors  or by any
         stockholder or record  entitled to vote in the election of directors at
         such meeting who has complied with the notice  procedures  set forth in
         this  paragraph.  A  stockholder  who  desires to nominate a person for
         election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of  stockholders of the
         Corporation  and who is  eligible  to make  such  nomination  must give
         timely  written  notice of the proposed  nomination to the secretary of
         the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice given pursuant to
         this  paragraph must be received at the principal  executive  office of
         the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) calendar days in
         advance  of the date which is one year later than the date of the proxy
         statement of the  Corporation  released to  stockholders  in connection
         with  the  previous  year's  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  of  the

<PAGE>

         Corporation;   provided,   however,   that  if  no  annual  meeting  of
         stockholders of the Corporation was held in the previous year or if the
         date of the forthcoming annual meeting of stockholders has been changed
         by more than thirty (30)  calendar days from the date  contemplated  at
         the time of the previous  year's proxy  statement or if the forthcoming
         meeting is not an annual meeting of  stockholders  of the  Corporation,
         then to be timely such  stockholder's  notice  must be so received  not
         later than the close of business on the tenth day following the earlier
         of (a) the day on which notice of the date of the  forthcoming  meeting
         was mailed or given to  stockholders by or on behalf of the Corporation
         or  (b)  the  day  on  which  public  disclosure  of  the  date  of the
         forthcoming  meeting was made by or on behalf of the Corporation.  Such
         stockholder's  notice to the  secretary  of the  Corporation  shall set
         forth (a) as to each person whom the  stockholder  proposes to nominate
         for election or re-election as a director (i) the name,  age,  business
         address  and  residence  address  of such  person,  (ii) the  principal
         occupation or employment of such person,  (iii) the class and number of
         shares of capital stock of the Corporation  which then are beneficially
         owned by such  person,  (iv) any  other  information  relating  to such
         person  that  is  required  by law or  regulation  to be  disclosed  in
         solicitations   of  proxies  for  the  election  of  directors  of  the
         Corporation,  and (v) such person's written consent to being named as a
         nominee  for  election  as a  director  and to serve as a  director  if
         elected and (b) as to the  stockholder  giving  notice (i) the name and
         address,  as they appear in the stock  records of the  Corporation,  of
         such stockholder,  (ii) the class and number of shares of capital stock
         of  the  Corporation   which  then  are  beneficially   owned  by  such
         stockholder,  (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings
         between such  stockholder and each nominee for election as director and
         any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) relating to
         the nomination  proposed to be made by such  stockholder,  and (iv) any
         other  information  required by law or  regulation  to be provided by a
         stockholder  intending  to nominate a person for election as a director
         of the  Corporation.  At the  request  of the Board of  Directors,  any
         person  nominated by or at the  direction of the Board of Directors for
         election as director of the Corporation  shall furnish to the secretary
         of the  Corporation  the  information  concerning such nominee which is
         required  to be set  forth  in a  stockholder's  notice  of a  proposed
         nomination.  No person  shall be eligible for election as a director of
         the Corporation  unless nominated in compliance with the procedures set
         forth in this  paragraph.  The chairman of a meeting of stockholders of
         the Corporation shall refuse to accept the nomination of any person not
         made in compliance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph, and
         such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

                  4.       MEETINGS.

                  --TIME. Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall
fix,  except that the first  meeting of a newly  elected  board shall be held as
soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

                  --PLACE.Meetings shall be held at such place within or without
the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

<PAGE>

                  --CALL. No  call shall be required  for regular  meetings  for
which the time and place have been fixed.  Special  meetings  may be  called  by
or at the  direction  of the  Chairman  of the  Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman
of the Board, if any, the President,or of a majority of the directors in office.

                  --NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE  WAIVER. No notice shall be
required  for  regular  meetings  for which the time and place have been  fixed.
Written,  oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given
for  special  meetings in  sufficient  time for the  convenient  assembly of the
directors thereat.  Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of
a committee of directors  who submits a written  waiver of notice  signed by him
before or after the time  stated  therein.  Attendance  of any such  person at a
meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver of notice of such  meeting,  except when he
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting,  at the beginning of the
meeting,  to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.  Neither the business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special  meeting of the  directors  need be  specified in any
notice or written waiver of notice.

                  --QUORUM  AND  ACTION.  A majority  of the whole  Board  shall
constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies  prevents such  majority,
whereupon a majority  of the  directors  in office  shall  constitute  a quorum,
provided,  that such majority shall  constitute at least  one-third of the whole
Board. A majority of the directors present,  whether or not a quorum is present,
may  adjourn a meeting to another  time and  place.  Except as herein  otherwise
provided,  and except as otherwise provided by the General  Corporation Law, the
vote of the majority of the directors  present at a meeting at which a quorum is
present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting  provisions  herein
stated shall not be construed as conflicting  with any provisions of the General
corporation  Law and these Bylaws  which  govern a meeting of directors  held to
fill  vacancies  and  newly  created  directorships  in the  Board or  action of
disinterested directors.

                  Any  member or  members  of the Board of  Directors  or of any
committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or
any such  committee,  as the case may be, by means of  conference  telephone  or
similar communications  equipment by means or which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other.

                  --CHAIRMAN  OF THE MEETING. The Chairman of the Board,  if any
and if present and acting, shall preside at all  meetings. Otherwise,  the Vice-
Chairman  of the Board,  if any and if present and acting,  or the President, if
present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

                  5.  COMMITTEES.  The Board of  Directors  may,  by  resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees,  each
committee  to consist of one or more of the  directors of the  Corporation.  The
Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee,
who may  replace  any  absent  or  disqualified  member  at any  meeting  of the
committee.  In the  absence  or  disqualification  of  any  member  of any  such
committee or committees,  the member or members  thereof  present at any meeting
and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum,
may  unanimously  appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
meeting  in the  place of any  such  absent  or  disqualified  member.  Any such
committee, to the extent provided in the resolution or the Board, shall have and
may  exercise  the  powers  and  authority  of the  Board  of  Directors  in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation  with the exception of
any  authority  the  delegation  of which is  prohibited  by Section  141 of the
General  Corporation  Law, and may authorize the seal of the  Corporation  to be
affixed to all papers which may require it.

<PAGE>

                  6.  WRITTEN  ACTION.  Any action  required or  permitted to be
taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any  committee  thereof may be
taken  without a Meeting if all members of the Board or  committee,  as the case
may be, consent  thereto in writing,  and the writing or writings are filed with
the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

                  The officers of the Corporation  shall consist of a President,
a Secretary, a Treasurer,  and, if deemed necessary,  expedient, or desirable by
the Board of Directors,  a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman  of the Board,
an  Executive  Vice-President,  one or more other  Vice-Presidents,  one or more
Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers
with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall
designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of
Directors  choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or  Vice-Chairman of
the Board, if any, need be a director.  Any number of offices may be held by the
same person, as the directors may determine.

                  Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each
officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the
Board of Directors  following the next annual meeting of stockholders  and until
his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

                  All officers of the Corporation  shall have such authority and
perform such duties in the management and operation of the  Corporation as shall
be  prescribed  In the  resolutions  of the Board of Directors  designating  and
choosing such officers and  prescribing  their  authority and duties,  and shall
have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except
to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall record all of the proceedings
of  all  meetings  and  actions  in  writing  of  stockholders,  directors,  and
committees  of  directors,  and shall  exercise  such  additional  authority and
perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may
be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any
office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                 CORPORATE SEAL
                  The  corporate  seal  shall  be in such  form as the  Board of
Directors shall prescribe.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                   FISCAL YEAR

         The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject
to change, by the Board of Directors.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                               CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

                  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of  Incorporation
and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or
repeal  these  Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be  exercised  by the Board of
Directors or by the stockholders.

                  I HEREBY  CERTIFY  that the  foregoing  is a full,  true,  and
correct copy of the Bylaws of World Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation,  as in
effect on the date hereof.

                  WITNESS my hand and the seal of the Corporation.



                                                   /s/ Mark A. Gergel
                                                  ______________________________
                                                  Mark A.  Gergel, 
                                                  Executive  Vice  President of
                                                  World Access, Inc.


(SEAL)

<PAGE>
                                                     
Exhibit 10.19


                           AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO THE
                             RESTOR INDUSTRIES, INC.
                         OUTSIDE DIRECTOR'S WARRANT PLAN

     Pursuant to Section 13 of the Restor  Industries,  Inc. Outside  Directors'
Warrant  Plan  (the  "Plan"),  World  Access,  Inc.,  formerly  known as  Restor
Industries, Inc. (the "Corporation"), does hereby amend the Plan as follows:

1.  The name of the Plan  shall  be  changed  to  "World  Access,  Inc.  Outside
    Directors' Warrant Plan."

2. Section 10 of the Plan is hereby  amended by deleting  Section 10 of the Plan
   in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

     "10. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board may, in its
discretion,  authorize  all or a portion  of the  Warrants  to be  granted  to a
Warrantholder or previously granted to a Warrantholder  hereunder to be on terms
which  permit  transfer by such  Warrantholder  to (i) the  spouse,  children or
grandchildren of the Warrantholder ("Immediate Family Members"); (ii) a trust or
trusts for the  exclusive  benefit of such  Immediate  Family  Members;  (iii) a
partnership in which such Immediate  Family Members (or trusts therefor) are the
only partners;  or (iv) any person or entity pursuant to which the Warrantholder
would be entitled to claim a charitable deduction under Section 170 of the Code,
provided  that in each  case  (x)  there  may be no  consideration  for any such
transfer,  (y) the Warrant Agreement pursuant to which such Warrants are granted
must be approved by the Board and must expressly provide for  transferability in
a  manner  consistent  with  this  Section,  and  (z)  subsequent  transfers  of
transferred  Warrants shall be prohibited except by will or pursuant to the laws
of descent and  distribution  or, in the case of any transferee that is a trust,
in  accordance  with  the  terms of the  governing  trust  agreement.  Following
transfer,  any such Warrants  shall continue to be subject to the same terms and
conditions as were applicable immediately prior to such transfer,  provided that
for  purposes  hereof the term  "Warrantholder"  shall be deemed to refer to the
transferee.  The events of  termination  of the status as a Director  of Section
9(d)  hereof  shall  continue  to  be  applied  with  respect  to  the  original
Warrantholder,  following  which  the  Warrants  shall  be  exercisable  by  the
transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified in Section 9 hereof.
Nothing  herein shall be interpreted to require the Company to provide notice to
any transferee of any early  termination of the Warrant granted hereunder due to
the  provisions  of Section  9(d) hereof or any other  section  hereof which may
provide for or permit the early termination of the Warrant."

     Except as specifically  amended  hereby,  all other terms and provisions of
the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. If not otherwise defined herein,
all  capitalized  terms  contained  in this  Amendment  shall have the  meanings
ascribed to them in the Plan.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant to the authority granted to the undersigned by
the Board of Directors of the Company, the Plan is hereby amended,  effective as
of this ____ day of May, 1997.



                                                 WORLD ACCESS, INC.
                                                 (f/k/a Restor Industries, Inc.)


                                                 By:____________________________
                                                    Steven A. Odom
                                                    Its Chairman of the Board 
                                                    and Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>
                                                              
Exhibit 10.20


                           AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO THE
                             RESTOR INDUSTRIES, INC.
                        DIRECTOR'S WARRANT INCENTIVE PLAN

     Pursuant to Section 13 of the Restor  Industries,  Inc.  Directors' Warrant
Incentive  Plan (the  "Plan"),  World  Access,  Inc.,  formerly  known as Restor
Industries, Inc. (the "Corporation"), does hereby amend the Plan as follows:

1. The name of the Plan  shall be  changed  to "World  Access,  Inc.  Directors'
   Warrant Incentive Plan."

2. Section 10 of the Plan is hereby  amended by deleting  Section 10 of the Plan
   in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

     "10. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board may, in its
discretion,  authorize  all or a portion  of the  Warrants  to be  granted  to a
Warrantholder or previously granted to a Warrantholder  hereunder to be on terms
which  permit  transfer by such  Warrantholder  to (i) the  spouse,  children or
grandchildren of the Warrantholder ("Immediate Family Members"); (ii) a trust or
trusts for the  exclusive  benefit of such  Immediate  Family  Members;  (iii) a
partnership in which such Immediate  Family Members (or trusts therefor) are the
only partners;  or (iv) any person or entity pursuant to which the Warrantholder
would be entitled to claim a charitable deduction under Section 170 of the Code,
provided  that in each  case  (x)  there  may be no  consideration  for any such
transfer,  (y) the Warrant Agreement pursuant to which such Warrants are granted
must be approved by the Board and must expressly provide for  transferability in
a  manner  consistent  with  this  Section,  and  (z)  subsequent  transfers  of
transferred  Warrants shall be prohibited except by will or pursuant to the laws
of descent and  distribution  or, in the case of any transferee that is a trust,
in  accordance  with  the  terms of the  governing  trust  agreement.  Following
transfer,  any such Warrants  shall continue to be subject to the same terms and
conditions as were applicable immediately prior to such transfer,  provided that
for  purposes  hereof the term  "Warrantholder"  shall be deemed to refer to the
transferee.  The events of  termination  of the status as a Director  of Section
9(d)  hereof  shall  continue  to  be  applied  with  respect  to  the  original
Warrantholder,  following  which  the  Warrants  shall  be  exercisable  by  the
transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified in Section 9 hereof.
Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary,  the  original  Warrantholder  shall
remain responsible for satisfying all withholding taxes due upon exercise of the
Warrant  granted  hereunder.  Nothing herein shall be interpreted to require the
Company to provide  notice to any  transferee  of any early  termination  of the
Warrant  granted  hereunder due to the  provisions of Section 9(d) hereof or any
other section  hereof which may provide for or permit the early  termination  of
the Warrant."

     Except as specifically  amended  hereby,  all other terms and provisions of
the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. If not otherwise defined herein,
all  capitalized  terms  contained  in this  Amendment  shall have the  meanings
ascribed to them in the Plan.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant to the authority granted to the undersigned by
the Board of Directors of the Company, the Plan is hereby amended,  effective as
of this ____ day of May, 1997.



                                                 WORLD ACCESS, INC.
                                                 (f/k/a Restor Industries, Inc.)


                                                 By: ___________________________
                                                     Steven A. Odom
                                                     Its Chairman of the Board
                                                     and Chief Executive Officer



<PAGE>
                                                      
Exhibit 10.23


                              AMENDMENT SIX TO THE
                               WORLD ACCESS, INC.
                             1991 STOCK OPTION PLAN


     Pursuant to Paragraph 15 of the World Access,  Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan,
as amended (as so amended,  the "Plan"),  World Access,  Inc., formerly known as
Restor  Industries,  Inc.  (the  "Corporation"),  does hereby  amend the Plan as
follows:

1. Paragraph 4 of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting paragraph 4 of the Plan
   in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

     "4. Stock.  The stock  subject to Options shall be authorized  but unissued
shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), or shares
of the Common  Stock  reacquired  by the  Company in any manner.  The  aggregate
number of shares of Common  Stock  which may be issued  pursuant  to the Plan is
3,500,000  subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 13. Any such shares of
Common  Stock  may be  issued as ISOs or  Non-Qualified  Options  so long as the
number  of  shares  so  issued  does  not  exceed  such  number,   as  adjusted.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Company shall not be required to reserve for
issuance  hereunder any shares of Common Stock unless such shares are subject to
currently issued and outstanding  Options.  If any option granted under the Plan
shall expire or terminate for any reason  without  having been exercised in full
or  shall  cease  for any  reason  to be  exercisable  in  whole  or in part the
unpurchased  shares  subject to such Options shall again be available for grants
of Options under the Plan."

     Except as specifically  amended  hereby,  all other terms and provisions of
the Plan shall remain in full force and effect. If not otherwise defined herein,
all  capitalized  terms  contained  in this  Amendment  shall have the  meanings
ascribed to them in the Plan.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant to the authority granted to the undersigned by
the Board of Directors of the Company, the Plan is hereby amended,  effective as
of this 30th day of December, 1996.


                                       WORLD ACCESS, INC.


                                       _________________________________________
                                       Mark A. Gergel
                                       Executive V.P. & Chief Financial Officer








<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 10.24

                         SEVERANCE PROTECTION AGREEMENT


     THIS SEVERANCE  PROTECTION  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") made as of November
1,  1997,  by and  between  WORLD  ACCESS,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  and STEVEN A. ODOM, an individual  resident of the State of Georgia
(the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined
that  it is  essential  and  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Company  and  its
stockholders to retain the services of the Executive in the event of a threat or
occurrence  of a Change in Control (as  hereinafter  defined)  and to ensure his
continued  dedication  and efforts in such event  without  undue concern for his
personal financial and employment security; and

     WHEREAS,  in order to induce the  Executive  to remain in the employ of the
Company in the event of a threat or the  occurrence of a Change in Control,  the
Company  desires to enter into this  Agreement with the Executive to provide the
Executive  with certain  benefits in the event his employment is terminated as a
result  of, or in  connection  with,  a Change in  Control  and to  provide  the
Executive with certain other benefits whether or not the Executive's  employment
is terminated.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  respective  agreements  of the
parties contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

     1.  Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall commence as of November 1, 1997
and shall  continue in effect until October 31, 1999;  provided,  however,  that
commencing on November 1, 1999, and on each November 1st thereafter, the term of
this Agreement  shall  automatically  be extended for one (1) year unless either
the Company or the  Executive  shall have given  written  notice to the other at
least ninety (90) days prior thereto that the term of this  Agreement  shall not
be so extended;  and provided further,  however,  that  notwithstanding any such
notice by the Company not to extend, the term of this Agreement shall not expire
prior to the  expiration of  twenty-four  (24) months after the  occurrence of a
Change in Control.

     2. Definitions.

     2.1.  Accrued  Compensation.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Accrued
Compensation"  shall mean an amount  which shall  include all amounts  earned or
accrued through the "Termination Date" (as hereinafter  defined) but not paid as
of the Termination Date,  including,  without  limitation,  (a) base salary, (b)
reimbursement for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive on
behalf of the Company  during the period  ending on the  Termination  Date,  (c)
vacation  pay, and (d) bonuses and incentive  compensation  (other than the "Pro
Rata Bonus" (as hereinafter defined)).

<PAGE>

     2.2. Base Amount. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Base Amount" shall mean
the greater of the  Executive's  annual base salary (a) at the rate in effect on
the Termination Date or (b) at the highest rate in effect at any time during the
ninety  (90) day period  prior to a Change in  Control,  and shall  include  all
amounts  of  his  base  salary  that  are  deferred   under  the  qualified  and
non-qualified  employee  benefit plans of the Company or any other  agreement or
arrangement.

     2.3.  Bonus Amount.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Bonus Amount" shall
mean the average of the annual  bonuses paid or payable to the Executive  during
the three (3) full  fiscal  years  ended  prior to the  Termination  Date or, if
greater,  the three full fiscal years ended prior to a Change in Control (or, in
each case,  such lesser period for which annual  bonuses were paid or payable to
the Executive).

     2.4. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement,  a termination of employment is
for  "Cause"  if the  Executive  has  been  convicted  of a  felony  or a felony
prosecution  has been brought  against the  Executive or if the  termination  is
evidenced by a resolution  adopted in good faith by two-thirds of the Board that
the Executive (a) intentionally and continually failed  substantially to perform
his reasonably  assigned duties with the Company (other than a failure resulting
from the  Executive's  incapacity  due to physical or mental illness or from the
Executive's  assignment  of  duties  that  would  constitute  "Good  Reason"  as
hereinafter  defined)  which  failure  continued for a period of at least thirty
(30) days after a written notice of demand for substantial  performance has been
delivered to the  Executive  specifying  the manner in which the  Executive  has
failed  substantially to perform, or (b) intentionally  engaged in conduct which
is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; provided, however, that
(i)  where  the  Executive  has  been  terminated  for  Cause  because  a felony
prosecution  has been brought against him and no conviction or plea of guilty or
plea  of  nolo  contendere  or  its  equivalent  results  therefrom,  then  said
termination  shall no longer be deemed to have been for Cause and the  Executive
shall be entitled to all the benefits  provided by Section 3.1.1 hereof from and
after the date on which the prosecution of the Executive has been dismissed or a
judgement of acquittal has been entered,  whichever shall first occur;  and (ii)
no termination of the Executive's  employment shall be for Cause as set forth in
clause (b) above until (x) there shall have been  delivered  to the  Executive a
copy of a written  notice  setting  forth that the  Executive  was guilty of the
conduct  set forth in clause  (b) and  specifying  the  particulars  thereof  in
detail,  and (y) the  Executive  shall have been provided an  opportunity  to be
heard in person by the Board (with the assistance of the Executive's  counsel if
the Executive so desires).  No act, nor failure to act, on the Executive's part,
shall be  considered  "intentional"  unless the Executive has acted or failed to
act,  with a lack of good faith and with a lack of  reasonable  belief  that the
Executive's action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.

     2.5.  Change in  Control.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Change in
Control" shall have occurred if:

     2.5.1 a majority of the  directors  of the Company  shall be persons  other
than persons:  (i) for whose  election  proxies shall have been solicited by the
Board, or (ii) who are then serving as directors  appointed by the Board to fill
vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to
fill newly-created directorships;

<PAGE>

     2.5.2 a majority of the outstanding  voting power of the Company shall have
been  acquired  or  beneficially  owned  (as  defined  in Rule  13d-3  under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or any successor rule thereto) by
any  person  (other  than  the  Company,  a  subsidiary  of the  Company  or the
Executive)  or Group (as  defined  below),  which  Group  does not  include  the
Executive; or

     2.5.3 there shall have occurred:

     (i) a  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company  with  or  into  another
corporation  (other than (A) a merger or consolidation  with a subsidiary of the
Company  or (B) a merger or  consolidation  in which (1) the  holders  of voting
stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger as a class continue to hold
immediately after the merger at least a majority of all outstanding voting power
of the surviving or resulting  corporation  or its parent and (2) all holders of
each  outstanding  class or series of voting  stock of the  Company  immediately
prior to the merger or consolidation have the right to receive substantially the
same cash,  securities  or other  property in exchange for their voting stock of
the Company as all other holders of such class or series);

     (ii) a  statutory  exchange  of shares of one or more  classes or series of
outstanding voting stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property;

     (iii)  the sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions); or

     (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

     unless  more than  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the voting  stock (or the
voting equity interest) of the surviving corporation or the corporation or other
entity acquiring all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company (in the
case of a merger,  consolidation  or disposition of assets) or of the Company or
its resulting parent  corporation (in the case of a statutory share exchange) is
beneficially owned by the Executive or a Group that includes the Executive.

     2.6. Group.  For purposes of this Agreement,  "Group" shall mean any two or
more persons acting as a partnership,  limited partnership,  syndicate, or other
group  acting in concert for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing of
voting stock of the Company.

<PAGE>

     2.7. Disability. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Disability" shall mean a
physical  or  mental   infirmity  which  impairs  the  Executive's   ability  to
substantially  perform  his duties  with the Company for a period of one hundred
eighty (180)  consecutive  days and the  Executive  has not returned to his full
time  employment  prior to the  Termination  Date as  stated in the  "Notice  of
Termination" (as hereinafter defined).

     2.8. Good Reason.

     2.8.1 For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean a good faith
determination by the Executive,  in the Executive's sole and absolute  judgment,
that  any  one or  more  of the  following  events  has  occurred,  without  the
Executive's express written consent, after a Change in Control:

     (i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties  materially  inconsistent
with  the  Executive's   position   (including  status,   titles  and  reporting
requirements),  authority,  duties or  responsibilities as in effect immediately
prior to the Change in Control,  or any other action by the Company that results
in  a   material   diminution   in   such   position,   authority,   duties   or
responsibilities, excluding for this purpose isolated and inadvertent action not
taken in bad faith and remedied by the Company  promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive;

     (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Executive's base salary as in effect
immediately  prior to the Change of Control or as the same may be increased from
time to time or a change in the eligibility requirements or performance criteria
under any bonus,  incentive or compensation  plan,  program or arrangement under
which the Executive is covered  immediately prior to the Change of Control which
adversely affects the Executive;

     (iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based anywhere other than
within  fifty  (50) miles of the  Executive's  job  location  at the time of the
Change of Control, provided that if the Executive's job location at such time is
not within fifty (50) miles of the Company's principal  executive offices,  then
the Company may  thereafter  require the Executive to be based within such fifty
(50) mile radius without such event constituting Good Reason hereunder;

<PAGE>

     (iv) without  replacement  by a plan  providing  benefits to the  Executive
substantially  equivalent to or greater than those discontinued,  the failure by
the Company to continue in effect,  within its maximum stated term, any pension,
bonus, incentive,  stock ownership,  purchase,  option, life insurance,  health,
accident disability, or any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement,
in which the Executive is participating at the time of the Change of Control, or
the  taking  of any  action by the  Company  that  would  adversely  affect  the
Executive's  participation or materially  reduce the Executive's  benefits under
any of such plans;

     (v) the taking of any action by the Company that would materially adversely
affect the physical  conditions existing at the time of the Change of Control in
or under which the Executive performs his employment  duties,  provided that the
Company  may take  action  with  respect  to such  conditions  after a Change in
Control so long as such conditions are at least commensurate with the conditions
in or under which an officer of the Executive's status would customarily perform
his employment duties;

     (vi) a material change in the fundamental  business  philosophy,  direction
and precepts of the Company and its subsidiaries,  considered as a whole, as the
same existed prior to the Change of Control; or

     (vii) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy  Section 7.1 of
this Agreement.

     2.8.2 Any event described in subsection  2.8.1(i) through (vi) which occurs
prior to a Change in Control but which the Executive reasonably demonstrates (i)
was at the request of a third party who has  indicated  an  intention,  or taken
steps  reasonably  calculated,  to effect a Change in Control or (ii)  otherwise
arose in  connection  with,  or in  anticipation  of, a Change in Control  which
actually   occurs,   shall   constitute   Good  Reason  for   purposes   hereof,
notwithstanding that it occurred prior to a Change in Control.

     2.8.3 The  Executive's  right to terminate his employment  pursuant to this
Section 2.8 shall not be affected  by his  incapacity  due to physical or mental
illness.

     2.9.  Notice of  Termination.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Notice of
Termination"  shall  mean a written  notice  of  termination  from the  Company,
following a Change in Control, of the Executive's employment which indicates the
specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied upon and which sets
forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a
basis for  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  under the  provision so
indicated.

     2.10.  Pro Rata Bonus.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Pro Rata Bonus"
shall mean an amount  equal to the Bonus  Amount  multiplied  by a fraction  the
numerator  of  which  is the  number  of days in the  fiscal  year  through  the
Termination Date and the denominator of which is 365.

<PAGE>

     2.11.  Successors and Assigns. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Successors
and  Assigns"  shall  mean  a  corporation  or  other  entity  acquiring  all of
substantially  all the  assets  and  business  of the  Company  (including  this
Agreement) whether by operation of law or otherwise.

     2.12. Termination Date. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Termination Date"
shall mean, in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death, in the case
of Good Reason,  the last day of  employment,  and in all other cases,  the date
specified  in  the  Notice  of  Termination;  provided,  however,  that  if  the
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  for  Cause  or due to
Disability,  the date specified in the Notice of  Termination  shall be at least
thirty  (30)  days  from the  date the  Notice  of  Termination  is given to the
Executive,  provided that in the case of Disability the Executive shall not have
returned to the  full-time  performance  of his duties  during such period of at
least thirty (30) days.

     3. Termination of Employment.

     3.1. If, during the term of this Agreement, the Executive's employment with
the Company shall be terminated  within twelve (12) months following a Change in
Control,  the  Executive  shall be entitled to the  following  compensation  and
benefits.

     3.1.1 If the  Executive's  employment  with the Company shall be terminated
(i) by the Company for Cause or  Disability,  (ii) by reason of the  Executive's
death, or (iii) by the Executive  other than for Good Reason,  the Company shall
pay to the Executive the Accrued Compensation and, if such termination is by the
Company other than for Cause, a Pro Rata Bonus.

     3.1.2 If the  Executive's  employment  with the Company shall be terminated
for any reason other than as specified in Section 3.1.1,  the Executive shall be
entitled to the following:

     (i) the Company  shall pay the  Executive  all Accrued  Compensation  and a
Pro-Rata Bonus;

     (ii) the Company  shall pay the  Executive as severance  pay and in lieu of
any further  compensation  for periods  subsequent  to the  Termination  Date an
amount in cash equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the Base Amount and (B) the
Bonus Amount;

<PAGE>

     (iii) for twenty-four  (24) months or such longer period as may be provided
by the terms of the appropriate  program,  practice or policy (the "Continuation
Period"), the Company shall, at its expense, continue on behalf of the Executive
and his dependents and  beneficiaries the life insurance,  disability,  medical,
dental and  hospitalization  benefits  generally made available to the Company's
non-executive  salaried  employees at any time during the 90-day period prior to
the Change in Control or at any time thereafter, provided that (A) the Company's
obligation  hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to
the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent
employer's  benefit plans,  in which case the Company may reduce the coverage of
any  benefits it is required to provide the  Executive  hereunder as long as the
aggregate  coverages  and  benefits  of the  combined  benefit  plans is no less
favorable  to the  Executive  than the  coverages  and  benefits  required to be
provided hereunder, and (B) this subsection (iii) shall not be interpreted so as
to limit any benefits to which the Executive or his dependents or  beneficiaries
may be entitled under any of the Company's  employee benefit plans,  programs or
practices  following  the  Executive's  termination  of  employment,  including,
without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits;

     (iv) the Company  shall pay an amount in cash equal to the excess,  if any,
of (A) the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement benefit the
Executive  would have been entitled to receive under the Company's  supplemental
and other retirement  plans, if any, had (w) the Executive  remained employed by
the Company for an additional  two (2) complete years of credited  service,  (x)
his annual compensation during such period been equal to his Base Salary and the
Bonus  Amount,  (y) the Company  made  employer  contributions  to each  defined
contribution  plan,  if any, in which the  Executive  was a  participant  at the
Termination Date (in an amount equal to the amount of such  contribution for the
plan year  immediately  preceding  the  Termination  Date) and (z) he been fully
(100%)  vested in his benefit under each  retirement  plan, if any, in which the
Executive was a participant,  over (B) the lump sum actuarial  equivalent of the
aggregate  retirement  benefit,  if any, the  Executive is actually  entitled to
receive under such retirement plans;

     (v)  the  restrictions  on  any  outstanding  incentive  awards  (including
restricted  stock and granted  performance  shares or units) under any incentive
plan or  arrangement  shall lapse and such  incentive  award  shall  become 100%
vested, all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive
shall become  immediately  exercisable  and shall  become 100%  vested,  and all
performance  units granted to the Executive  shall become 100% vested,  provided
that to the  extent  that all or any part of any such  incentive  award or stock
option or stock  appreciation  right or performance  unit is not  exercisable or
does not vest  within  two (2) years  from the  Termination  Date,  then to that
extent (but only to that extent)  there shall be no  acceleration  of vesting or
lapse of restrictions under this Section 3.1.2(v); and

<PAGE>

     (vi) the  Company  shall,  as its sole  expense as  incurred,  provide  the
Executive  with  outplacement  services the scope and provider of which shall be
selected by the  Executive in his sole  discretion,  and which shall include the
provision of reasonable office space and secretarial  assistance,  provided that
the Company's  responsibility  under this Section  3.1.2(vi) shall be limited to
$30,000.

     3.1.3 The amounts  provided for in Sections  3.1.1 and  3.1.2(i),  (ii) and
(iv) shall be paid in a lump sum in cash within ten (10) days of the Executive's
Termination Date.

     3.1.4 The  Executive  shall not be required  to mitigate  the amount of any
payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise,
and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation
or benefits  provided to the Executive in any  subsequent  employment  except as
provided in Section 3.1.2(iii).

     3.2. The severance pay and benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be
in lieu of any other  severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be
entitled under any Company severance or termination plan,  program,  practice or
arrangement.

     3.3. The  Executive's  entitlement  to any other  compensation  or benefits
shall be determined in accordance with the Company's  employee benefit plans and
other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect.

     4. Notice of  Termination.  Following a Change in  Control,  any  purported
termination of the  Executive's  employment by the Company shall be communicated
by Notice of Termination to the Executive.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  no
such  purported   termination   shall  be  effective   without  such  Notice  of
Termination.

<PAGE>

     5. Excess Parachute Payments.

     5.1  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the  contrary,  if any
portion of the payments and benefits  provided  hereunder and benefits  provided
to, or for the benefit of, the  Executive  under any other plan or  agreement of
the  Company  (such  payments or benefits  are  collectively  referred to as the
"Payments")  would be subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under
Section 4999 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  or
would be  nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, the
Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so
that no portion of any  Payment  to be made or  benefit  to be  provided  to the
Executive  shall be subject to the Excise Tax or shall be  nondeductible  by the
Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter
referred to as the "Limited  Payment  Amount").  Unless the Executive shall have
given  prior  written  notice  specifying  a  different  order to the Company to
effectuate the Limited Payment Amount, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the
Payments,  by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are
not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating  cash payments,  in each
case in reverse order  beginning  with payments or benefits which are to be paid
the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice
given by the Executive pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall take
precedence  over the  provisions  of any other plan,  arrangement  or  agreement
governing  the   Executive's   rights  and   entitlements  to  any  benefits  or
compensation.

     5.2 An initial determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced to
the Limited  Payment Amount  pursuant to the Plan and the amount of such Limited
Payment  Amount shall be made by an  accounting  firm at the  Company's  expense
selected by the Company which is designated as one of the six largest accounting
firms in the United States (the  "Accounting  Firm").  The Accounting Firm shall
provide  its  determination  (the   "Determination"),   together  with  detailed
supporting  calculations  and  documentation  to the Company  and the  Executive
within  thirty (30) days of the  Termination  Date,  if  applicable,  and if the
Accounting  Firm  determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive with
respect to a Payment or Payments, it shall furnish the Executive with an opinion
reasonably  acceptable to the Executive  that no Excise Tax will be imposed with
respect to any such Payment or Payments. Within ten (10) days of the delivery of
the  Determination  to the  Executive,  the  Executive  shall  have the right to
dispute  the  Determination  (the  "Dispute").  If  there  is  no  Dispute,  the
Determination  shall be binding,  final and conclusive  upon the Company and the
Executive subject to the application of Section 5.3 below.

     5.3 As a result of the  uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and
280G of the Code,  it is possible  that the  Payments to be made to, or provided
for the benefit of, the  Executive  either have been made or will not be made by
the Company which,  in either case,  will be  inconsistent  with the limitations
provided  in Section  5.1  (hereinafter  referred  to as an "Excess  Payment" or
"Underpayment",  respectively).  If  it  is  established  pursuant  to  a  final
determination of a court or an Internal  Revenue Service (the "IRS")  proceeding
which has been finally and conclusively resolved that an Excess Payment has been
made,  such Excess  Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to the
Executive  made on the date the  Executive  received the Excess  Payment and the
Executive  shall repay the Excess Payment to the Company on demand (but not less
than ten (10) days after written notice is received by the Executive),  together
with interest on the Excess Payment at the "Applicable Federal Rate" (as defined
in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the Executive's receipt of such
Excess  Payment  until  the  date of such  repayment.  In the  event  that it is
determined  by (i) the  Accounting  Firm,  the Company  (which shall include the
position taken by the Company on its federal income tax return) or the IRS, (ii)
pursuant to a  determination  by a court,  or (iii) upon the  resolution  to the
Executive's  satisfaction of the Dispute, that an Underpayment has occurred, the
Company shall pay an amount equal to the  Underpayment  to the Executive  within
ten (10) days of such  determination  or  resolution,  together with interest on
such amount at the Applicable  Federal Rate from the date such amount would have
been paid to the Executive until the date of payment.

<PAGE>

     6. One Million Dollar Deduction Limit.

     6.1  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the  contrary,  if any
portion of the  Payments  would be  nondeductible  by the  Company  pursuant  to
Section  162(m) of the Code,  the  Payments to be made to the  Executive  in any
taxable year of the Company  shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the
extent  necessary  so that no portion of any Payment to be made or benefit to be
provided  to the  Executive  in  such  taxable  year  of the  Company  shall  be
nondeductible  by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. The amount
by which any Payment is reduced pursuant to the immediately  preceding sentence,
together with interest thereon at the Applicable  Federal Rate, shall be paid by
the  Company  to the  Executive  on or  before  the  fifth  business  day of the
immediately  succeeding taxable year of the Company,  subject to the application
of the limitations of the immediately  preceding  sentence and Section 5 hereof.
Unless  the  Executive  shall have  given  prior  written  notice  specifying  a
different  order to the Company to effectuate  this Section 6, the Company shall
reduce or eliminate the Payments in any one taxable year of the Company by first
reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash
and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order
beginning  with  payments or benefits  which are to be paid the farthest in time
from the Section 162(m) Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given
by the  Executive  pursuant to the  immediately  preceding  sentence  shall take
precedence  over the  provisions  of any other plan,  arrangement  or  agreement
governing  the   Executive's   rights  and   entitlements  to  any  benefits  or
compensation.

     6.2 The  determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced pursuant
to Section 6.1 hereof and the amount of the  Payments to be made in each taxable
year  after  the  application  of  Sections  6.1  hereof  shall  be  made by the
Accounting Firm at the Company's expense.  The Accounting Firm shall provide its
determination  (the  "Section  162(m)  Determination"),  together  with detailed
supporting  calculations  and  documentation,  to the Company and the  Executive
within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the   Termination   Date.   The  Section  162(m)
Determination  shall be binding,  final and conclusive  upon the Company and the
Executive.

<PAGE>

     7. Successors; Binding Agreement.

     7.1 The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect,  by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
business  and/or  assets of the  Company,  by  agreement  in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the  Executive,  to expressly  assume and agree to perform this
Agreement  in the same manner and to the same  extent that the Company  would be
required to perform it if no such  succession  had taken  place.  Failure of the
Company to obtain such  assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness  of
any such  succession  shall be a breach of this  Agreement and shall entitle the
Executive  to  compensation  from the Company in the same amount and on the same
terms as he would be entitled to hereunder if he terminated  his  employment for
Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Termination Date
hereunder.  As  used  in the  Agreement,  Company  shall  mean  the  Company  as
hereinbefore  defined  and  any  successor  to its  business  and/or  assets  as
aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section
7.1 or which  otherwise  becomes  bound by all the terms and  provisions of this
Agreement by operation of law.

     7.2 This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to
the  benefit  of and  be  enforceable  by  the  Executive's  personal  or  legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devises and legatees.  If the Executive should die while any amounts would still
be payable to him  hereunder  if he had  continued  to live,  all such  amounts,
unless otherwise provided herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of
this  Agreement to the  Executive's  devise,  legatee,  or other designee or, if
there be no such designee, to the executive's estate.

     8. Fees and  Expenses.  The  Company  shall pay all legal fees and  related
expenses (including the costs of experts,  evidence and counsel) incurred by the
Executive as they become due as a result of (a) the  Executive's  termination of
employment (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting
or disputing any such termination of employment),  (b) the Executive  seeking to
obtain or enforce any right or benefit  provided by this  Agreement  (including,
without limitation, any such fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith)
or by any other plan or  arrangement  maintained  by the Company under which the
Executive  is or may be entitled to receive  benefits,  and (c) the  Executive's
hearing  before  the Board as  contemplated  in Section  2.4 of this  Agreement,
provided that the circumstances set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section
8 (other than as a result of the  Executive's  termination  of employment  under
circumstances  described  in  Section  2.8.2)  occurred  on or after a Change in
Control.

     9.  Notice.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
communications   provided  for  in  the  Agreement   (including  the  Notice  of
Termination)  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given
when personally  delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt  requested,
postage prepaid,  addressed to the respective addresses last given by each party
to the other,  provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the
attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company.  All notices
and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery
thereof or on the third  business  day after the  mailing  thereof,  except that
notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

<PAGE>

     10.  Non-exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or
limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any benefit,  bonus,
incentive  or other plan or program  provided  by the  Company  (except  for any
severance or termination  policies,  plans, programs or practices) and for which
the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights
as the executive may have under any other  agreements  with the Company  (except
for any severance or termination  agreement).  Amounts which are vested benefits
or which the  Executive  is  otherwise  entitled  to  receive  under any plan or
program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program,
except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

     11.  Settlement of Claims.  The  Company's  obligation to make the payments
provided  for in  this  Agreement  and  otherwise  to  perform  its  obligations
hereunder  shall  not be  affected  by  any  circumstances,  including,  without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,  recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others.

     12. Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified,  waived
or  discharged  unless such  waiver,  modification  or discharge is agreed to in
writing and signed by the Executive  and the Company.  No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreement or representations,
oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof
have  been  made by  either  party  which  are not  expressly  set forth in this
Agreement.

     13.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and
enforced  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Georgia  without  giving
effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

     14.  Severability.  The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the provisions hereof.

     15. Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between  the  parties  hereto  and  supersedes  all  prior  agreements,  if any,
understandings  and  arrangements,  oral or written,  between the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof.

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this  Agreement to be executed
and  delivered  by its  duly  authorized  officers  and has  caused  its  proper
corporate  seal  to be  affixed  hereto,  and the  Executive  has  executed  and
delivered this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.





                                                              WORLD ACCESS, INC.

[CORPORATE SEAL]

                                               By:______________________________
ATTEST:                                            Name:
                                                   Title:
_______________________
Secretary


                                                  ______________________________
                                                   STEVEN A. ODOM

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 10.25

                         SEVERANCE PROTECTION AGREEMENT


     THIS SEVERANCE  PROTECTION  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") made as of November
1,  1997,  by and  between  WORLD  ACCESS,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  and  HENSLEY E.  WEST,  a  resident  of the State of  Georgia  (the
"Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined
that  it is  essential  and  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Company  and  its
stockholders to retain the services of the Executive in the event of a threat or
occurrence  of a Change in Control (as  hereinafter  defined)  and to ensure his
continued  dedication  and efforts in such event  without  undue concern for his
personal financial and employment security; and

     WHEREAS,  in order to induce the  Executive  to remain in the employ of the
Company in the event of a threat or the  occurrence of a Change in Control,  the
Company  desires to enter into this  Agreement with the Executive to provide the
Executive  with certain  benefits in the event his employment is terminated as a
result  of, or in  connection  with,  a Change in  Control  and to  provide  the
Executive with certain other benefits whether or not the Executive's  employment
is terminated.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  respective  agreements  of the
parties contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

     1. Term of Agreement.  This Agreement shall commence as of November 1, 1997
and shall  continue in effect until October 31, 1999;  provided,  however,  that
commencing on November 1, 1999, and on each November 1st thereafter, the term of
this Agreement  shall  automatically  be extended for one (1) year unless either
the Company or the  Executive  shall have given  written  notice to the other at
least ninety (90) days prior thereto that the term of this  Agreement  shall not
be so extended;  and provided further,  however,  that  notwithstanding any such
notice by the Company not to extend, the term of this Agreement shall not expire
prior to the  expiration of  twenty-four  (24) months after the  occurrence of a
Change in Control.

     2. Definitions.

     2.1.  Accrued  Compensation.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Accrued
Compensation"  shall mean an amount  which shall  include all amounts  earned or
accrued through the "Termination Date" (as hereinafter  defined) but not paid as
of the Termination Date,  including,  without  limitation,  (a) base salary, (b)
reimbursement for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive on
behalf of the Company  during the period  ending on the  Termination  Date,  (c)
vacation  pay, and (d) bonuses and incentive  compensation  (other than the "Pro
Rata Bonus" (as hereinafter defined)).

<PAGE>

     2.2. Base Amount. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Base Amount" shall mean
the greater of the  Executive's  annual base salary (a) at the rate in effect on
the Termination Date or (b) at the highest rate in effect at any time during the
ninety  (90) day period  prior to a Change in  Control,  and shall  include  all
amounts  of  his  base  salary  that  are  deferred   under  the  qualified  and
non-qualified  employee  benefit plans of the Company or any other  agreement or
arrangement.

     2.3.  Bonus Amount.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Bonus Amount" shall
mean the average of the annual  bonuses paid or payable to the Executive  during
the three (3) full  fiscal  years  ended  prior to the  Termination  Date or, if
greater,  the three full fiscal years ended prior to a Change in Control (or, in
each case,  such lesser period for which annual  bonuses were paid or payable to
the Executive).

     2.4. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement,  a termination of employment is
for  "Cause"  if the  Executive  has  been  convicted  of a  felony  or a felony
prosecution  has been brought  against the  Executive or if the  termination  is
evidenced by a resolution  adopted in good faith by two-thirds of the Board that
the Executive (a) intentionally and continually failed  substantially to perform
his reasonably  assigned duties with the Company (other than a failure resulting
from the  Executive's  incapacity  due to physical or mental illness or from the
Executive's  assignment  of  duties  that  would  constitute  "Good  Reason"  as
hereinafter  defined)  which  failure  continued for a period of at least thirty
(30) days after a written notice of demand for substantial  performance has been
delivered to the  Executive  specifying  the manner in which the  Executive  has
failed  substantially to perform, or (b) intentionally  engaged in conduct which
is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; provided, however, that
(i)  where  the  Executive  has  been  terminated  for  Cause  because  a felony
prosecution  has been brought against him and no conviction or plea of guilty or
plea  of  nolo  contendere  or  its  equivalent  results  therefrom,  then  said
termination  shall no longer be deemed to have been for Cause and the  Executive
shall be entitled to all the benefits  provided by Section 3.1.1 hereof from and
after the date on which the prosecution of the Executive has been dismissed or a
judgement of acquittal has been entered,  whichever shall first occur;  and (ii)
no termination of the Executive's  employment shall be for Cause as set forth in
clause (b) above until (x) there shall have been  delivered  to the  Executive a
copy of a written  notice  setting  forth that the  Executive  was guilty of the
conduct  set forth in clause  (b) and  specifying  the  particulars  thereof  in
detail,  and (y) the  Executive  shall have been provided an  opportunity  to be
heard in person by the Board (with the assistance of the Executive's  counsel if
the Executive so desires).  No act, nor failure to act, on the Executive's part,
shall be  considered  "intentional"  unless the Executive has acted or failed to
act,  with a lack of good faith and with a lack of  reasonable  belief  that the
Executive's action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.

     2.5.  Change in  Control.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Change in
Control" shall have occurred if:

     2.5.1 a majority of the  directors  of the Company  shall be persons  other
than persons:  (i) for whose  election  proxies shall have been solicited by the
Board, or (ii) who are then serving as directors  appointed by the Board to fill
vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to
fill newly-created directorships;

<PAGE>

     2.5.2 a majority of the outstanding  voting power of the Company shall have
been  acquired  or  beneficially  owned  (as  defined  in Rule  13d-3  under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or any successor rule thereto) by
any  person  (other  than  the  Company,  a  subsidiary  of the  Company  or the
Executive)  or Group (as  defined  below),  which  Group  does not  include  the
Executive; or

     2.5.3 there shall have occurred:

     (i) a  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company  with  or  into  another
corporation  (other than (A) a merger or consolidation  with a subsidiary of the
Company  or (B) a merger or  consolidation  in which (1) the  holders  of voting
stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger as a class continue to hold
immediately after the merger at least a majority of all outstanding voting power
of the surviving or resulting  corporation  or its parent and (2) all holders of
each  outstanding  class or series of voting  stock of the  Company  immediately
prior to the merger or consolidation have the right to receive substantially the
same cash,  securities  or other  property in exchange for their voting stock of
the Company as all other holders of such class or series);

     (ii) a  statutory  exchange  of shares of one or more  classes or series of
outstanding voting stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property;

     (iii)  the sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions); or

     (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

     unless  more than  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the voting  stock (or the
voting equity interest) of the surviving corporation or the corporation or other
entity acquiring all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company (in the
case of a merger,  consolidation  or disposition of assets) or of the Company or
its resulting parent  corporation (in the case of a statutory share exchange) is
beneficially owned by the Executive or a Group that includes the Executive.

     2.6. Group.  For purposes of this Agreement,  "Group" shall mean any two or
more persons acting as a partnership,  limited partnership,  syndicate, or other
group  acting in concert for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing of
voting stock of the Company.

<PAGE>

     2.7. Disability. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Disability" shall mean a
physical  or  mental   infirmity  which  impairs  the  Executive's   ability  to
substantially  perform  his duties  with the Company for a period of one hundred
eighty (180)  consecutive  days and the  Executive  has not returned to his full
time  employment  prior to the  Termination  Date as  stated in the  "Notice  of
Termination" (as hereinafter defined).

     2.8. Good Reason.

     2.8.1 For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean a good faith
determination by the Executive,  in the Executive's sole and absolute  judgment,
that  any  one or  more  of the  following  events  has  occurred,  without  the
Executive's express written consent, after a Change in Control:

     (i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties  materially  inconsistent
with  the  Executive's   position   (including  status,   titles  and  reporting
requirements),  authority,  duties or  responsibilities as in effect immediately
prior to the Change in Control,  or any other action by the Company that results
in  a   material   diminution   in   such   position,   authority,   duties   or
responsibilities, excluding for this purpose isolated and inadvertent action not
taken in bad faith and remedied by the Company  promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive;

     (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Executive's base salary as in effect
immediately  prior to the Change of Control or as the same may be increased from
time to time or a change in the eligibility requirements or performance criteria
under any bonus,  incentive or compensation  plan,  program or arrangement under
which the Executive is covered  immediately prior to the Change of Control which
adversely affects the Executive;

     (iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based anywhere other than
within  fifty  (50) miles of the  Executive's  job  location  at the time of the
Change of Control, provided that if the Executive's job location at such time is
not within fifty (50) miles of the Company's principal  executive offices,  then
the Company may  thereafter  require the Executive to be based within such fifty
(50) mile radius without such event constituting Good Reason hereunder;

<PAGE>

     (iv) without  replacement  by a plan  providing  benefits to the  Executive
substantially  equivalent to or greater than those discontinued,  the failure by
the Company to continue in effect,  within its maximum stated term, any pension,
bonus, incentive,  stock ownership,  purchase,  option, life insurance,  health,
accident disability, or any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement,
in which the Executive is participating at the time of the Change of Control, or
the  taking  of any  action by the  Company  that  would  adversely  affect  the
Executive's  participation or materially  reduce the Executive's  benefits under
any of such plans;

     (v) the taking of any action by the Company that would materially adversely
affect the physical  conditions existing at the time of the Change of Control in
or under which the Executive performs his employment  duties,  provided that the
Company  may take  action  with  respect  to such  conditions  after a Change in
Control so long as such conditions are at least commensurate with the conditions
in or under which an officer of the Executive's status would customarily perform
his employment duties;

     (vi) a material change in the fundamental  business  philosophy,  direction
and precepts of the Company and its subsidiaries,  considered as a whole, as the
same existed prior to the Change of Control; or

     (vii) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy  Section 7.1 of
this Agreement.

     2.8.2 Any event described in subsection  2.8.1(i) through (vi) which occurs
prior to a Change in Control but which the Executive reasonably demonstrates (i)
was at the request of a third party who has  indicated  an  intention,  or taken
steps  reasonably  calculated,  to effect a Change in Control or (ii)  otherwise
arose in  connection  with,  or in  anticipation  of, a Change in Control  which
actually   occurs,   shall   constitute   Good  Reason  for   purposes   hereof,
notwithstanding that it occurred prior to a Change in Control.

     2.8.3 The  Executive's  right to terminate his employment  pursuant to this
Section 2.8 shall not be affected  by his  incapacity  due to physical or mental
illness.

     2.9.  Notice of  Termination.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Notice of
Termination"  shall  mean a written  notice  of  termination  from the  Company,
following a Change in Control, of the Executive's employment which indicates the
specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied upon and which sets
forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a
basis for  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  under the  provision so
indicated.

     2.10.  Pro Rata Bonus.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Pro Rata Bonus"
shall mean an amount  equal to the Bonus  Amount  multiplied  by a fraction  the
numerator  of  which  is the  number  of days in the  fiscal  year  through  the
Termination Date and the denominator of which is 365.

<PAGE>

     2.11.  Successors and Assigns. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Successors
and  Assigns"  shall  mean  a  corporation  or  other  entity  acquiring  all of
substantially  all the  assets  and  business  of the  Company  (including  this
Agreement) whether by operation of law or otherwise.

     2.12. Termination Date. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Termination Date"
shall mean, in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death, in the case
of Good Reason,  the last day of  employment,  and in all other cases,  the date
specified  in  the  Notice  of  Termination;  provided,  however,  that  if  the
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  for  Cause  or due to
Disability,  the date specified in the Notice of  Termination  shall be at least
thirty  (30)  days  from the  date the  Notice  of  Termination  is given to the
Executive,  provided that in the case of Disability the Executive shall not have
returned to the  full-time  performance  of his duties  during such period of at
least thirty (30) days.

     3. Termination of Employment.

     3.1. If, during the term of this Agreement, the Executive's employment with
the Company shall be terminated  within twelve (12) months following a Change in
Control,  the  Executive  shall be entitled to the  following  compensation  and
benefits.

     3.1.1. If the  Executive's  employment with the Company shall be terminated
(i) by the Company for Cause or  Disability,  (ii) by reason of the  Executive's
death, or (iii) by the Executive  other than for Good Reason,  the Company shall
pay to the Executive the Accrued Compensation and, if such termination is by the
Company other than for Cause, a Pro Rata Bonus.

     3.1.2. If the  Executive's  employment with the Company shall be terminated
for any reason other than as specified in Section 3.1.1,  the Executive shall be
entitled to the following:

     (i) the Company  shall pay the  Executive  all Accrued  Compensation  and a
Pro-Rata Bonus;

     (ii) the Company  shall pay the  Executive as severance  pay and in lieu of
any further  compensation  for periods  subsequent  to the  Termination  Date an
amount in cash equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the Base Amount and (B) the
Bonus Amount;

<PAGE>

     (iii) for twenty-four  (24) months or such longer period as may be provided
by the terms of the appropriate  program,  practice or policy (the "Continuation
Period"), the Company shall, at its expense, continue on behalf of the Executive
and his dependents and  beneficiaries the life insurance,  disability,  medical,
dental and  hospitalization  benefits  generally made available to the Company's
non-executive  salaried  employees at any time during the 90-day period prior to
the Change in Control or at any time thereafter, provided that (A) the Company's
obligation  hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to
the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent
employer's  benefit plans,  in which case the Company may reduce the coverage of
any  benefits it is required to provide the  Executive  hereunder as long as the
aggregate  coverages  and  benefits  of the  combined  benefit  plans is no less
favorable  to the  Executive  than the  coverages  and  benefits  required to be
provided hereunder, and (B) this subsection (iii) shall not be interpreted so as
to limit any benefits to which the Executive or his dependents or  beneficiaries
may be entitled under any of the Company's  employee benefit plans,  programs or
practices  following  the  Executive's  termination  of  employment,  including,
without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits;

     (iv) the Company  shall pay an amount in cash equal to the excess,  if any,
of (A) the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement benefit the
Executive  would have been entitled to receive under the Company's  supplemental
and other retirement  plans, if any, had (w) the Executive  remained employed by
the Company for an additional  two (2) complete years of credited  service,  (x)
his annual compensation during such period been equal to his Base Salary and the
Bonus  Amount,  (y) the Company  made  employer  contributions  to each  defined
contribution  plan,  if any, in which the  Executive  was a  participant  at the
Termination Date (in an amount equal to the amount of such  contribution for the
plan year  immediately  preceding  the  Termination  Date) and (z) he been fully
(100%)  vested in his benefit under each  retirement  plan, if any, in which the
Executive was a participant,  over (B) the lump sum actuarial  equivalent of the
aggregate  retirement  benefit,  if any, the  Executive is actually  entitled to
receive under such retirement plans;

     (v)  the  restrictions  on  any  outstanding  incentive  awards  (including
restricted  stock and granted  performance  shares or units) under any incentive
plan or  arrangement  shall lapse and such  incentive  award  shall  become 100%
vested, all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive
shall become  immediately  exercisable  and shall  become 100%  vested,  and all
performance  units granted to the Executive  shall become 100% vested,  provided
that to the  extent  that all or any part of any such  incentive  award or stock
option or stock  appreciation  right or performance  unit is not  exercisable or
does not vest  within  two (2) years  from the  Termination  Date,  then to that
extent (but only to that extent)  there shall be no  acceleration  of vesting or
lapse of restrictions under this Section 3.1.2(v); and

<PAGE>

     (vi) the  Company  shall,  as its sole  expense as  incurred,  provide  the
Executive  with  outplacement  services the scope and provider of which shall be
selected by the  Executive in his sole  discretion,  and which shall include the
provision of reasonable office space and secretarial  assistance,  provided that
the Company's  responsibility  under this Section  3.1.2(vi) shall be limited to
$30,000.

     3.1.3 The amounts  provided for in Sections  3.1.1 and  3.1.2(i),  (ii) and
(iv) shall be paid in a lump sum in cash within ten (10) days of the Executive's
Termination Date.

     3.1.4 The  Executive  shall not be required  to mitigate  the amount of any
payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise,
and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation
or benefits  provided to the Executive in any  subsequent  employment  except as
provided in Section 3.1.2(iii).

     3.2. The severance pay and benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be
in lieu of any other  severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be
entitled under any Company severance or termination plan,  program,  practice or
arrangement.

     3.3. The  Executive's  entitlement  to any other  compensation  or benefits
shall be determined in accordance with the Company's  employee benefit plans and
other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect.

     4. Notice of  Termination.  Following a Change in  Control,  any  purported
termination of the  Executive's  employment by the Company shall be communicated
by Notice of Termination to the Executive.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  no
such  purported   termination   shall  be  effective   without  such  Notice  of
Termination.

<PAGE>

     5. Excess Parachute Payments.

     5.1  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the  contrary,  if any
portion of the payments and benefits  provided  hereunder and benefits  provided
to, or for the benefit of, the  Executive  under any other plan or  agreement of
the  Company  (such  payments or benefits  are  collectively  referred to as the
"Payments")  would be subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under
Section 4999 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  or
would be  nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, the
Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so
that no portion of any  Payment  to be made or  benefit  to be  provided  to the
Executive  shall be subject to the Excise Tax or shall be  nondeductible  by the
Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter
referred to as the "Limited  Payment  Amount").  Unless the Executive shall have
given  prior  written  notice  specifying  a  different  order to the Company to
effectuate the Limited Payment Amount, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the
Payments,  by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are
not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating  cash payments,  in each
case in reverse order  beginning  with payments or benefits which are to be paid
the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice
given by the Executive pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall take
precedence  over the  provisions  of any other plan,  arrangement  or  agreement
governing  the   Executive's   rights  and   entitlements  to  any  benefits  or
compensation.

     5.2 An initial determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced to
the Limited  Payment Amount  pursuant to the Plan and the amount of such Limited
Payment  Amount shall be made by an  accounting  firm at the  Company's  expense
selected by the Company which is designated as one of the six largest accounting
firms in the United States (the  "Accounting  Firm").  The Accounting Firm shall
provide  its  determination  (the   "Determination"),   together  with  detailed
supporting  calculations  and  documentation  to the Company  and the  Executive
within  thirty (30) days of the  Termination  Date,  if  applicable,  and if the
Accounting  Firm  determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive with
respect to a Payment or Payments, it shall furnish the Executive with an opinion
reasonably  acceptable to the Executive  that no Excise Tax will be imposed with
respect to any such Payment or Payments. Within ten (10) days of the delivery of
the  Determination  to the  Executive,  the  Executive  shall  have the right to
dispute  the  Determination  (the  "Dispute").  If  there  is  no  Dispute,  the
Determination  shall be binding,  final and conclusive  upon the Company and the
Executive subject to the application of Section 5.3 below.

     5.3 As a result of the  uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and
280G of the Code,  it is possible  that the  Payments to be made to, or provided
for the benefit of, the  Executive  either have been made or will not be made by
the Company which,  in either case,  will be  inconsistent  with the limitations
provided  in Section  5.1  (hereinafter  referred  to as an "Excess  Payment" or
"Underpayment",  respectively).  If  it  is  established  pursuant  to  a  final
determination of a court or an Internal  Revenue Service (the "IRS")  proceeding
which has been finally and conclusively resolved that an Excess Payment has been
made,  such Excess  Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to the
Executive  made on the date the  Executive  received the Excess  Payment and the
Executive  shall repay the Excess Payment to the Company on demand (but not less
than ten (10) days after written notice is received by the Executive),  together
with interest on the Excess Payment at the "Applicable Federal Rate" (as defined
in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the Executive's receipt of such
Excess  Payment  until  the  date of such  repayment.  In the  event  that it is
determined  by (i) the  Accounting  Firm,  the Company  (which shall include the
position taken by the Company on its federal income tax return) or the IRS, (ii)
pursuant to a  determination  by a court,  or (iii) upon the  resolution  to the
Executive's  satisfaction of the Dispute, that an Underpayment has occurred, the
Company shall pay an amount equal to the  Underpayment  to the Executive  within
ten (10) days of such  determination  or  resolution,  together with interest on
such amount at the Applicable  Federal Rate from the date such amount would have
been paid to the Executive until the date of payment.

<PAGE>

     6. One Million Dollar Deduction Limit.

     6.1  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the  contrary,  if any
portion of the  Payments  would be  nondeductible  by the  Company  pursuant  to
Section  162(m) of the Code,  the  Payments to be made to the  Executive  in any
taxable year of the Company  shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the
extent  necessary  so that no portion of any Payment to be made or benefit to be
provided  to the  Executive  in  such  taxable  year  of the  Company  shall  be
nondeductible  by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. The amount
by which any Payment is reduced pursuant to the immediately  preceding sentence,
together with interest thereon at the Applicable  Federal Rate, shall be paid by
the  Company  to the  Executive  on or  before  the  fifth  business  day of the
immediately  succeeding taxable year of the Company,  subject to the application
of the limitations of the immediately  preceding  sentence and Section 5 hereof.
Unless  the  Executive  shall have  given  prior  written  notice  specifying  a
different  order to the Company to effectuate  this Section 6, the Company shall
reduce or eliminate the Payments in any one taxable year of the Company by first
reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash
and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order
beginning  with  payments or benefits  which are to be paid the farthest in time
from the Section 162(m) Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given
by the  Executive  pursuant to the  immediately  preceding  sentence  shall take
precedence  over the  provisions  of any other plan,  arrangement  or  agreement
governing  the   Executive's   rights  and   entitlements  to  any  benefits  or
compensation.

     6.2 The  determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced pursuant
to Section 6.1 hereof and the amount of the  Payments to be made in each taxable
year  after  the  application  of  Sections  6.1  hereof  shall  be  made by the
Accounting Firm at the Company's expense.  The Accounting Firm shall provide its
determination  (the  "Section  162(m)  Determination"),  together  with detailed
supporting  calculations  and  documentation,  to the Company and the  Executive
within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the   Termination   Date.   The  Section  162(m)
Determination  shall be binding,  final and conclusive  upon the Company and the
Executive.

<PAGE>

     7. Successors; Binding Agreement.

     7.1 The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect,  by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
business  and/or  assets of the  Company,  by  agreement  in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the  Executive,  to expressly  assume and agree to perform this
Agreement  in the same manner and to the same  extent that the Company  would be
required to perform it if no such  succession  had taken  place.  Failure of the
Company to obtain such  assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness  of
any such  succession  shall be a breach of this  Agreement and shall entitle the
Executive  to  compensation  from the Company in the same amount and on the same
terms as he would be entitled to hereunder if he terminated  his  employment for
Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Termination Date
hereunder.  As  used  in the  Agreement,  Company  shall  mean  the  Company  as
hereinbefore  defined  and  any  successor  to its  business  and/or  assets  as
aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section
7.1 or which  otherwise  becomes  bound by all the terms and  provisions of this
Agreement by operation of law.

     7.2 This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to
the  benefit  of and  be  enforceable  by  the  Executive's  personal  or  legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devises and legatees.  If the Executive should die while any amounts would still
be payable to him  hereunder  if he had  continued  to live,  all such  amounts,
unless otherwise provided herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of
this  Agreement to the  Executive's  devise,  legatee,  or other designee or, if
there be no such designee, to the executive's estate.

     8. Fees and  Expenses.  The  Company  shall pay all legal fees and  related
expenses (including the costs of experts,  evidence and counsel) incurred by the
Executive as they become due as a result of (a) the  Executive's  termination of
employment (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting
or disputing any such termination of employment),  (b) the Executive  seeking to
obtain or enforce any right or benefit  provided by this  Agreement  (including,
without limitation, any such fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith)
or by any other plan or  arrangement  maintained  by the Company under which the
Executive  is or may be entitled to receive  benefits,  and (c) the  Executive's
hearing  before  the Board as  contemplated  in Section  2.4 of this  Agreement,
provided that the circumstances set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section
8 (other than as a result of the  Executive's  termination  of employment  under
circumstances  described  in  Section  2.8.2)  occurred  on or after a Change in
Control.

     9.  Notice.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
communications   provided  for  in  the  Agreement   (including  the  Notice  of
Termination)  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given
when personally  delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt  requested,
postage prepaid,  addressed to the respective addresses last given by each party
to the other,  provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the
attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company.  All notices
and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery
thereof or on the third  business  day after the  mailing  thereof,  except that
notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

<PAGE>

     10.  Non-exclusivity of Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or
limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any benefit,  bonus,
incentive  or other plan or program  provided  by the  Company  (except  for any
severance or termination  policies,  plans, programs or practices) and for which
the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights
as the executive may have under any other  agreements  with the Company  (except
for any severance or termination  agreement).  Amounts which are vested benefits
or which the  Executive  is  otherwise  entitled  to  receive  under any plan or
program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program,
except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

     11.  Settlement of Claims.  The  Company's  obligation to make the payments
provided  for in  this  Agreement  and  otherwise  to  perform  its  obligations
hereunder  shall  not be  affected  by  any  circumstances,  including,  without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,  recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others.

     12. Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified,  waived
or  discharged  unless such  waiver,  modification  or discharge is agreed to in
writing and signed by the Executive  and the Company.  No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreement or representations,
oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof
have  been  made by  either  party  which  are not  expressly  set forth in this
Agreement.

     13. Governing Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and
enforced  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Georgia  without  giving
effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

     14.  Severability.  The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the provisions hereof.

     15. Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between  the  parties  hereto  and  supersedes  all  prior  agreements,  if any,
understandings  and  arrangements,  oral or written,  between the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof.

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this  Agreement to be executed
and  delivered  by its  duly  authorized  officers  and has  caused  its  proper
corporate  seal  to be  affixed  hereto,  and the  Executive  has  executed  and
delivered this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.




                                                    WORLD ACCESS, INC.

[CORPORATE SEAL]

                                               By:______________________________
ATTEST:                                            Name:
                                                   Title:
_______________________
Secretary


                                                  ______________________________
                                                   HENSLEY E. WEST


<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 10.26


                         SEVERANCE PROTECTION AGREEMENT


     THIS SEVERANCE  PROTECTION  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") made as of November
1,  1997,  by and  between  WORLD  ACCESS,  INC.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  and MARK A. GERGEL, an individual  resident of the State of Georgia
(the "Executive").

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined
that  it is  essential  and  in  the  best  interest  of  the  Company  and  its
stockholders to retain the services of the Executive in the event of a threat or
occurrence  of a Change in Control (as  hereinafter  defined)  and to ensure his
continued  dedication  and efforts in such event  without  undue concern for his
personal financial and employment security; and

     WHEREAS,  in order to induce the  Executive  to remain in the employ of the
Company in the event of a threat or the  occurrence of a Change in Control,  the
Company  desires to enter into this  Agreement with the Executive to provide the
Executive  with certain  benefits in the event his employment is terminated as a
result  of, or in  connection  with,  a Change in  Control  and to  provide  the
Executive with certain other benefits whether or not the Executive's  employment
is terminated.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  respective  agreements  of the
parties contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

     1. Term of Agreement.  This Agreement shall commence as of November 1, 1997
and shall  continue in effect until October 31, 1999;  provided,  however,  that
commencing on November 1, 1999, and on each November 1st thereafter, the term of
this Agreement  shall  automatically  be extended for one (1) year unless either
the Company or the  Executive  shall have given  written  notice to the other at
least ninety (90) days prior thereto that the term of this  Agreement  shall not
be so extended;  and provided further,  however,  that  notwithstanding any such
notice by the Company not to extend, the term of this Agreement shall not expire
prior to the  expiration of  twenty-four  (24) months after the  occurrence of a
Change in Control.

     2. Definitions.

     2.1.  Accrued  Compensation.  For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  "Accrued
Compensation"  shall mean an amount  which shall  include all amounts  earned or
accrued through the "Termination Date" (as hereinafter  defined) but not paid as
of the Termination Date,  including,  without  limitation,  (a) base salary, (b)
reimbursement for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive on
behalf of the Company  during the period  ending on the  Termination  Date,  (c)
vacation  pay, and (d) bonuses and incentive  compensation  (other than the "Pro
Rata Bonus" (as hereinafter defined)).

<PAGE>

     2.2. Base Amount. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Base Amount" shall mean
the greater of the  Executive's  annual base salary (a) at the rate in effect on
the Termination Date or (b) at the highest rate in effect at any time during the
ninety  (90) day period  prior to a Change in  Control,  and shall  include  all
amounts  of  his  base  salary  that  are  deferred   under  the  qualified  and
non-qualified  employee  benefit plans of the Company or any other  agreement or
arrangement.

     2.3.  Bonus Amount.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Bonus Amount" shall
mean the average of the annual  bonuses paid or payable to the Executive  during
the three (3) full  fiscal  years  ended  prior to the  Termination  Date or, if
greater,  the three full fiscal years ended prior to a Change in Control (or, in
each case,  such lesser period for which annual  bonuses were paid or payable to
the Executive).

     2.4. Cause. For purposes of this Agreement,  a termination of employment is
for  "Cause"  if the  Executive  has  been  convicted  of a  felony  or a felony
prosecution  has been brought  against the  Executive or if the  termination  is
evidenced by a resolution  adopted in good faith by two-thirds of the Board that
the Executive (a) intentionally and continually failed  substantially to perform
his reasonably  assigned duties with the Company (other than a failure resulting
from the  Executive's  incapacity  due to physical or mental illness or from the
Executive's  assignment  of  duties  that  would  constitute  "Good  Reason"  as
hereinafter  defined)  which  failure  continued for a period of at least thirty
(30) days after a written notice of demand for substantial  performance has been
delivered to the  Executive  specifying  the manner in which the  Executive  has
failed  substantially to perform, or (b) intentionally  engaged in conduct which
is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; provided, however, that
(i)  where  the  Executive  has  been  terminated  for  Cause  because  a felony
prosecution  has been brought against him and no conviction or plea of guilty or
plea  of  nolo  contendere  or  its  equivalent  results  therefrom,  then  said
termination  shall no longer be deemed to have been for Cause and the  Executive
shall be entitled to all the benefits  provided by Section 3.1.1 hereof from and
after the date on which the prosecution of the Executive has been dismissed or a
judgement of acquittal has been entered,  whichever shall first occur;  and (ii)
no termination of the Executive's  employment shall be for Cause as set forth in
clause (b) above until (x) there shall have been  delivered  to the  Executive a
copy of a written  notice  setting  forth that the  Executive  was guilty of the
conduct  set forth in clause  (b) and  specifying  the  particulars  thereof  in
detail,  and (y) the  Executive  shall have been provided an  opportunity  to be
heard in person by the Board (with the assistance of the Executive's  counsel if
the Executive so desires).  No act, nor failure to act, on the Executive's part,
shall be  considered  "intentional"  unless the Executive has acted or failed to
act,  with a lack of good faith and with a lack of  reasonable  belief  that the
Executive's action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.

     2.5.  Change in  Control.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Change in
Control" shall have occurred if:

     2.5.1 a majority of the  directors  of the Company  shall be persons  other
than persons:  (i) for whose  election  proxies shall have been solicited by the
Board, or (ii) who are then serving as directors  appointed by the Board to fill
vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to
fill newly-created directorships;

<PAGE>

     2.5.2 a majority of the outstanding  voting power of the Company shall have
been  acquired  or  beneficially  owned  (as  defined  in Rule  13d-3  under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  or any successor rule thereto) by
any  person  (other  than  the  Company,  a  subsidiary  of the  Company  or the
Executive)  or Group (as  defined  below),  which  Group  does not  include  the
Executive; or

     2.5.3. there shall have occurred:

     (i) a  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company  with  or  into  another
corporation  (other than (A) a merger or consolidation  with a subsidiary of the
Company  or (B) a merger or  consolidation  in which (1) the  holders  of voting
stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger as a class continue to hold
immediately after the merger at least a majority of all outstanding voting power
of the surviving or resulting  corporation  or its parent and (2) all holders of
each  outstanding  class or series of voting  stock of the  Company  immediately
prior to the merger or consolidation have the right to receive substantially the
same cash,  securities  or other  property in exchange for their voting stock of
the Company as all other holders of such class or series);

     (ii) a  statutory  exchange  of shares of one or more  classes or series of
outstanding voting stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property;

     (iii)  the sale or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions); or

     (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

     unless  more than  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the voting  stock (or the
voting equity interest) of the surviving corporation or the corporation or other
entity acquiring all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company (in the
case of a merger,  consolidation  or disposition of assets) or of the Company or
its resulting parent  corporation (in the case of a statutory share exchange) is
beneficially owned by the Executive or a Group that includes the Executive.

     2.6. Group.  For purposes of this Agreement,  "Group" shall mean any two or
more persons acting as a partnership,  limited partnership,  syndicate, or other
group  acting in concert for the purpose of  acquiring,  holding or disposing of
voting stock of the Company.

<PAGE>

     2.7. Disability. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Disability" shall mean a
physical  or  mental   infirmity  which  impairs  the  Executive's   ability  to
substantially  perform  his duties  with the Company for a period of one hundred
eighty (180)  consecutive  days and the  Executive  has not returned to his full
time  employment  prior to the  Termination  Date as  stated in the  "Notice  of
Termination" (as hereinafter defined).

     2.8. Good Reason.

     2.8.1 For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean a good faith
determination by the Executive,  in the Executive's sole and absolute  judgment,
that  any  one or  more  of the  following  events  has  occurred,  without  the
Executive's express written consent, after a Change in Control:

     (i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties  materially  inconsistent
with  the  Executive's   position   (including  status,   titles  and  reporting
requirements),  authority,  duties or  responsibilities as in effect immediately
prior to the Change in Control,  or any other action by the Company that results
in  a   material   diminution   in   such   position,   authority,   duties   or
responsibilities, excluding for this purpose isolated and inadvertent action not
taken in bad faith and remedied by the Company  promptly after receipt of notice
thereof given by the Executive;

     (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Executive's base salary as in effect
immediately  prior to the Change of Control or as the same may be increased from
time to time or a change in the eligibility requirements or performance criteria
under any bonus,  incentive or compensation  plan,  program or arrangement under
which the Executive is covered  immediately prior to the Change of Control which
adversely affects the Executive;

     (iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based anywhere other than
within  fifty  (50) miles of the  Executive's  job  location  at the time of the
Change of Control, provided that if the Executive's job location at such time is
not within fifty (50) miles of the Company's principal  executive offices,  then
the Company may  thereafter  require the Executive to be based within such fifty
(50) mile radius without such event constituting Good Reason hereunder;

<PAGE>

     (iv) without  replacement  by a plan  providing  benefits to the  Executive
substantially  equivalent to or greater than those discontinued,  the failure by
the Company to continue in effect,  within its maximum stated term, any pension,
bonus, incentive,  stock ownership,  purchase,  option, life insurance,  health,
accident disability, or any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement,
in which the Executive is participating at the time of the Change of Control, or
the  taking  of any  action by the  Company  that  would  adversely  affect  the
Executive's  participation or materially  reduce the Executive's  benefits under
any of such plans;

     (v) the taking of any action by the Company that would materially adversely
affect the physical  conditions existing at the time of the Change of Control in
or under which the Executive performs his employment  duties,  provided that the
Company  may take  action  with  respect  to such  conditions  after a Change in
Control so long as such conditions are at least commensurate with the conditions
in or under which an officer of the Executive's status would customarily perform
his employment duties;

     (vi) a material change in the fundamental  business  philosophy,  direction
and precepts of the Company and its subsidiaries,  considered as a whole, as the
same existed prior to the Change of Control; or

     (vii) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy  Section 7.1 of
this Agreement.

     2.8.2 Any event described in subsection  2.8.1(i) through (vi) which occurs
prior to a Change in Control but which the Executive reasonably demonstrates (i)
was at the request of a third party who has  indicated  an  intention,  or taken
steps  reasonably  calculated,  to effect a Change in Control or (ii)  otherwise
arose in  connection  with,  or in  anticipation  of, a Change in Control  which
actually   occurs,   shall   constitute   Good  Reason  for   purposes   hereof,
notwithstanding that it occurred prior to a Change in Control.

     2.8.3 The  Executive's  right to terminate his employment  pursuant to this
Section 2.8 shall not be affected  by his  incapacity  due to physical or mental
illness.

     2.9.  Notice of  Termination.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  "Notice of
Termination"  shall  mean a written  notice  of  termination  from the  Company,
following a Change in Control, of the Executive's employment which indicates the
specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied upon and which sets
forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and  circumstances  claimed to provide a
basis for  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  under the  provision so
indicated.

     2.10.  Pro Rata Bonus.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  "Pro Rata Bonus"
shall mean an amount  equal to the Bonus  Amount  multiplied  by a fraction  the
numerator  of  which  is the  number  of days in the  fiscal  year  through  the
Termination Date and the denominator of which is 365.

<PAGE>

     2.11.  Successors and Assigns. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Successors
and  Assigns"  shall  mean  a  corporation  or  other  entity  acquiring  all of
substantially  all the  assets  and  business  of the  Company  (including  this
Agreement) whether by operation of law or otherwise.

     2.12. Termination Date. For purposes of this Agreement,  "Termination Date"
shall mean, in the case of the Executive's death, his date of death, in the case
of Good Reason,  the last day of  employment,  and in all other cases,  the date
specified  in  the  Notice  of  Termination;  provided,  however,  that  if  the
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by  the  Company  for  Cause  or due to
Disability,  the date specified in the Notice of  Termination  shall be at least
thirty  (30)  days  from the  date the  Notice  of  Termination  is given to the
Executive,  provided that in the case of Disability the Executive shall not have
returned to the  full-time  performance  of his duties  during such period of at
least thirty (30) days.

     3. Termination of Employment.

     3.1. If, during the term of this Agreement, the Executive's employment with
the Company shall be terminated  within twelve (12) months following a Change in
Control,  the  Executive  shall be entitled to the  following  compensation  and
benefits.

     3.1.1 If the  Executive's  employment  with the Company shall be terminated
(i) by the Company for Cause or  Disability,  (ii) by reason of the  Executive's
death, or (iii) by the Executive  other than for Good Reason,  the Company shall
pay to the Executive the Accrued Compensation and, if such termination is by the
Company other than for Cause, a Pro Rata Bonus.

     3.1.2 If the  Executive's  employment  with the Company shall be terminated
for any reason other than as specified in Section 3.1.1,  the Executive shall be
entitled to the following:

     (i) the Company  shall pay the  Executive  all Accrued  Compensation  and a
Pro-Rata Bonus;

     (ii) the Company  shall pay the  Executive as severance  pay and in lieu of
any further  compensation  for periods  subsequent  to the  Termination  Date an
amount in cash equal to two (2) times the sum of (A) the Base Amount and (B) the
Bonus Amount;

<PAGE>

     (iii) for twenty-four  (24) months or such longer period as may be provided
by the terms of the appropriate  program,  practice or policy (the "Continuation
Period"), the Company shall, at its expense, continue on behalf of the Executive
and his dependents and  beneficiaries the life insurance,  disability,  medical,
dental and  hospitalization  benefits  generally made available to the Company's
non-executive  salaried  employees at any time during the 90-day period prior to
the Change in Control or at any time thereafter, provided that (A) the Company's
obligation  hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to
the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent
employer's  benefit plans,  in which case the Company may reduce the coverage of
any  benefits it is required to provide the  Executive  hereunder as long as the
aggregate  coverages  and  benefits  of the  combined  benefit  plans is no less
favorable  to the  Executive  than the  coverages  and  benefits  required to be
provided hereunder, and (B) this subsection (iii) shall not be interpreted so as
to limit any benefits to which the Executive or his dependents or  beneficiaries
may be entitled under any of the Company's  employee benefit plans,  programs or
practices  following  the  Executive's  termination  of  employment,  including,
without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits;

     (iv) the Company  shall pay an amount in cash equal to the excess,  if any,
of (A) the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement benefit the
Executive  would have been entitled to receive under the Company's  supplemental
and other retirement  plans, if any, had (w) the Executive  remained employed by
the Company for an additional  two (2) complete years of credited  service,  (x)
his annual compensation during such period been equal to his Base Salary and the
Bonus  Amount,  (y) the Company  made  employer  contributions  to each  defined
contribution  plan,  if any, in which the  Executive  was a  participant  at the
Termination Date (in an amount equal to the amount of such  contribution for the
plan year  immediately  preceding  the  Termination  Date) and (z) he been fully
(100%)  vested in his benefit under each  retirement  plan, if any, in which the
Executive was a participant,  over (B) the lump sum actuarial  equivalent of the
aggregate  retirement  benefit,  if any, the  Executive is actually  entitled to
receive under such retirement plans;

     (v)  the  restrictions  on  any  outstanding  incentive  awards  (including
restricted  stock and granted  performance  shares or units) under any incentive
plan or  arrangement  shall lapse and such  incentive  award  shall  become 100%
vested, all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive
shall become  immediately  exercisable  and shall  become 100%  vested,  and all
performance  units granted to the Executive  shall become 100% vested,  provided
that to the  extent  that all or any part of any such  incentive  award or stock
option or stock  appreciation  right or performance  unit is not  exercisable or
does not vest  within  two (2) years  from the  Termination  Date,  then to that
extent (but only to that extent)  there shall be no  acceleration  of vesting or
lapse of restrictions under this Section 3.1.2(v); and

<PAGE>

     (vi) the  Company  shall,  as its sole  expense as  incurred,  provide  the
Executive  with  outplacement  services the scope and provider of which shall be
selected by the  Executive in his sole  discretion,  and which shall include the
provision of reasonable office space and secretarial  assistance,  provided that
the Company's  responsibility  under this Section  3.1.2(vi) shall be limited to
$30,000.

     3.1.3 The amounts  provided for in Sections  3.1.1 and  3.1.2(i),  (ii) and
(iv) shall be paid in a lump sum in cash within ten (10) days of the Executive's
Termination Date.

     3.1.4 The  Executive  shall not be required  to mitigate  the amount of any
payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise,
and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation
or benefits  provided to the Executive in any  subsequent  employment  except as
provided in Section 3.1.2(iii).

     3.2. The severance pay and benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be
in lieu of any other  severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be
entitled under any Company severance or termination plan,  program,  practice or
arrangement.

     3.3. The  Executive's  entitlement  to any other  compensation  or benefits
shall be determined in accordance with the Company's  employee benefit plans and
other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect.

     4. Notice of  Termination.  Following a Change in  Control,  any  purported
termination of the  Executive's  employment by the Company shall be communicated
by Notice of Termination to the Executive.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  no
such  purported   termination   shall  be  effective   without  such  Notice  of
Termination.

<PAGE>

     5. Excess Parachute Payments.

     5.1  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the  contrary,  if any
portion of the payments and benefits  provided  hereunder and benefits  provided
to, or for the benefit of, the  Executive  under any other plan or  agreement of
the  Company  (such  payments or benefits  are  collectively  referred to as the
"Payments")  would be subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under
Section 4999 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  or
would be  nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, the
Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so
that no portion of any  Payment  to be made or  benefit  to be  provided  to the
Executive  shall be subject to the Excise Tax or shall be  nondeductible  by the
Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter
referred to as the "Limited  Payment  Amount").  Unless the Executive shall have
given  prior  written  notice  specifying  a  different  order to the Company to
effectuate the Limited Payment Amount, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the
Payments,  by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are
not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating  cash payments,  in each
case in reverse order  beginning  with payments or benefits which are to be paid
the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice
given by the Executive pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall take
precedence  over the  provisions  of any other plan,  arrangement  or  agreement
governing  the   Executive's   rights  and   entitlements  to  any  benefits  or
compensation.

     5.2 An initial determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced to
the Limited  Payment Amount  pursuant to the Plan and the amount of such Limited
Payment  Amount shall be made by an  accounting  firm at the  Company's  expense
selected by the Company which is designated as one of the six largest accounting
firms in the United States (the  "Accounting  Firm").  The Accounting Firm shall
provide  its  determination  (the   "Determination"),   together  with  detailed
supporting  calculations  and  documentation  to the Company  and the  Executive
within  thirty (30) days of the  Termination  Date,  if  applicable,  and if the
Accounting  Firm  determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive with
respect to a Payment or Payments, it shall furnish the Executive with an opinion
reasonably  acceptable to the Executive  that no Excise Tax will be imposed with
respect to any such Payment or Payments. Within ten (10) days of the delivery of
the  Determination  to the  Executive,  the  Executive  shall  have the right to
dispute  the  Determination  (the  "Dispute").  If  there  is  no  Dispute,  the
Determination  shall be binding,  final and conclusive  upon the Company and the
Executive subject to the application of Section 5.3 below.

     5.3 As a result of the  uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and
280G of the Code,  it is possible  that the  Payments to be made to, or provided
for the benefit of, the  Executive  either have been made or will not be made by
the Company which,  in either case,  will be  inconsistent  with the limitations
provided  in Section  5.1  (hereinafter  referred  to as an "Excess  Payment" or
"Underpayment",  respectively).  If  it  is  established  pursuant  to  a  final
determination of a court or an Internal  Revenue Service (the "IRS")  proceeding
which has been finally and conclusively resolved that an Excess Payment has been
made,  such Excess  Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to the
Executive  made on the date the  Executive  received the Excess  Payment and the
Executive  shall repay the Excess Payment to the Company on demand (but not less
than ten (10) days after written notice is received by the Executive),  together
with interest on the Excess Payment at the "Applicable Federal Rate" (as defined
in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the Executive's receipt of such
Excess  Payment  until  the  date of such  repayment.  In the  event  that it is
determined  by (i) the  Accounting  Firm,  the Company  (which shall include the
position taken by the Company on its federal income tax return) or the IRS, (ii)
pursuant to a  determination  by a court,  or (iii) upon the  resolution  to the
Executive's  satisfaction of the Dispute, that an Underpayment has occurred, the
Company shall pay an amount equal to the  Underpayment  to the Executive  within
ten (10) days of such  determination  or  resolution,  together with interest on
such amount at the Applicable  Federal Rate from the date such amount would have
been paid to the Executive until the date of payment.

<PAGE>

     6. One Million Dollar Deduction Limit.

     6.1.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  herein to the contrary,  if any
portion of the  Payments  would be  nondeductible  by the  Company  pursuant  to
Section  162(m) of the Code,  the  Payments to be made to the  Executive  in any
taxable year of the Company  shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the
extent  necessary  so that no portion of any Payment to be made or benefit to be
provided  to the  Executive  in  such  taxable  year  of the  Company  shall  be
nondeductible  by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. The amount
by which any Payment is reduced pursuant to the immediately  preceding sentence,
together with interest thereon at the Applicable  Federal Rate, shall be paid by
the  Company  to the  Executive  on or  before  the  fifth  business  day of the
immediately  succeeding taxable year of the Company,  subject to the application
of the limitations of the immediately  preceding  sentence and Section 5 hereof.
Unless  the  Executive  shall have  given  prior  written  notice  specifying  a
different  order to the Company to effectuate  this Section 6, the Company shall
reduce or eliminate the Payments in any one taxable year of the Company by first
reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash
and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order
beginning  with  payments or benefits  which are to be paid the farthest in time
from the Section 162(m) Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given
by the  Executive  pursuant to the  immediately  preceding  sentence  shall take
precedence  over the  provisions  of any other plan,  arrangement  or  agreement
governing  the   Executive's   rights  and   entitlements  to  any  benefits  or
compensation.

     6.2. The determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced pursuant
to Section 6.1 hereof and the amount of the  Payments to be made in each taxable
year  after  the  application  of  Sections  6.1  hereof  shall  be  made by the
Accounting Firm at the Company's expense.  The Accounting Firm shall provide its
determination  (the  "Section  162(m)  Determination"),  together  with detailed
supporting  calculations  and  documentation,  to the Company and the  Executive
within  thirty  (30)  days  of  the   Termination   Date.   The  Section  162(m)
Determination  shall be binding,  final and conclusive  upon the Company and the
Executive.

<PAGE>

     7. Successors; Binding Agreement.

     7.1 The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect,  by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the
business  and/or  assets of the  Company,  by  agreement  in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the  Executive,  to expressly  assume and agree to perform this
Agreement  in the same manner and to the same  extent that the Company  would be
required to perform it if no such  succession  had taken  place.  Failure of the
Company to obtain such  assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness  of
any such  succession  shall be a breach of this  Agreement and shall entitle the
Executive  to  compensation  from the Company in the same amount and on the same
terms as he would be entitled to hereunder if he terminated  his  employment for
Good Reason, except that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the Termination Date
hereunder.  As  used  in the  Agreement,  Company  shall  mean  the  Company  as
hereinbefore  defined  and  any  successor  to its  business  and/or  assets  as
aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section
7.1 or which  otherwise  becomes  bound by all the terms and  provisions of this
Agreement by operation of law.

     7.2 This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to
the  benefit  of and  be  enforceable  by  the  Executive's  personal  or  legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devises and legatees.  If the Executive should die while any amounts would still
be payable to him  hereunder  if he had  continued  to live,  all such  amounts,
unless otherwise provided herein,  shall be paid in accordance with the terms of
this  Agreement to the  Executive's  devise,  legatee,  or other designee or, if
there be no such designee, to the executive's estate.

     8. Fees and  Expenses.  The  Company  shall pay all legal fees and  related
expenses (including the costs of experts,  evidence and counsel) incurred by the
Executive as they become due as a result of (a) the  Executive's  termination of
employment (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting
or disputing any such termination of employment),  (b) the Executive  seeking to
obtain or enforce any right or benefit  provided by this  Agreement  (including,
without limitation, any such fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith)
or by any other plan or  arrangement  maintained  by the Company under which the
Executive  is or may be entitled to receive  benefits,  and (c) the  Executive's
hearing  before  the Board as  contemplated  in Section  2.4 of this  Agreement,
provided that the circumstances set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section
8 (other than as a result of the  Executive's  termination  of employment  under
circumstances  described  in  Section  2.8.2)  occurred  on or after a Change in
Control.

     9.  Notice.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
communications   provided  for  in  the  Agreement   (including  the  Notice  of
Termination)  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given
when personally  delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt  requested,
postage prepaid,  addressed to the respective addresses last given by each party
to the other,  provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the
attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company.  All notices
and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery
thereof or on the third  business  day after the  mailing  thereof,  except that
notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

<PAGE>

         10.  Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent
or limit the  Executive's  continuing  or future  participation  in any benefit,
bonus,  incentive or other plan or program  provided by the Company  (except for
any severance or  termination  policies,  plans,  programs or practices) and for
which the Executive may qualify,  nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such
rights as the  executive  may have under any other  agreements  with the Company
(except for any severance or  termination  agreement).  Amounts which are vested
benefits or which the Executive is otherwise  entitled to receive under any plan
or program of the  Company  shall be  payable  in  accordance  with such plan or
program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

     11.  Settlement of Claims.  The  Company's  obligation to make the payments
provided  for in  this  Agreement  and  otherwise  to  perform  its  obligations
hereunder  shall  not be  affected  by  any  circumstances,  including,  without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,  recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others.

     12. Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified,  waived
or  discharged  unless such  waiver,  modification  or discharge is agreed to in
writing and signed by the Executive  and the Company.  No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreement or representations,
oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof
have  been  made by  either  party  which  are not  expressly  set forth in this
Agreement.

     13.  Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed and
enforced  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Georgia  without  giving
effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

     14.  Severability.  The  provisions  of  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the provisions hereof.

     15. Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between  the  parties  hereto  and  supersedes  all  prior  agreements,  if any,
understandings  and  arrangements,  oral or written,  between the parties hereto
with respect to the subject matter hereof.

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this  Agreement to be executed
and  delivered  by its  duly  authorized  officers  and has  caused  its  proper
corporate  seal  to be  affixed  hereto,  and the  Executive  has  executed  and
delivered this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.




                                                     WORLD ACCESS, INC.

[CORPORATE SEAL]

                                               By:______________________________
ATTEST:                                            Name:
                                                   Title:
_______________________
Secretary


                                                  ______________________________
                                                   MARK A. GERGEL
<PAGE>
<TABLE>


<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT 22.1

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<S>                                      <C>                                         <C>
             Legal Name                                   D.B.A                                Jurisdiction
- -------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------     ---------------------------

Restor-AIT, Inc.                         AIT, American & International Telephone     Delaware

Westec Communications, Inc.                                                          Delaware

Sunrise Sierra, Inc.                                                                 Delaware

Cellular Infrastructure Supply, Inc.     CIS                                         Delaware

Galaxy Personal Communications
  Services, Inc                          Galaxy PCS                                  Delaware

World Access, Ltd.                                                                   Barbados


</TABLE>
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the Registration
Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-77918, 33-47752 and 333-17741) and Form S-3 (No.
333-43497) of World Access, Inc. of our  report  dated  March 5, 1998, appearing
on page 25 of this Form 10-K.




Price Waterhouse LLP

April 14, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This schedule  contains summary financial  information  extracted from Form 10-K
for the year  ended  December  31,  1997 and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference to such Form 10-K.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                       0000876279  
<NAME>                      World Access, Inc.  
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   Year
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                         118,065
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   20,501
<ALLOWANCES>                                       237
<INVENTORY>                                     22,426
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               172,400
<PP&E>                                          12,650
<DEPRECIATION>                                   6,945
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 226,003
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           18,650
<BONDS>                                        115,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           193
<OTHER-SE>                                      91,562
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   226,003
<SALES>                                         71,392
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                92,984
<CGS>                                           43,827
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   60,845
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                12,617
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,355
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 20,670
<INCOME-TAX>                                     7,536
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             13,134
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    13,134
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .76
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .70
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission